Form 10-K GFI Group Inc. For: Dec 31

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Commission file number: 001-34897

GFI Group Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

(212) 968-4100
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o    No ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

          As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $256,125,955 based upon the closing sale price of $3.32 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

          Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, expected to be held in February 2015, are incorporated by reference in Part III in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

   

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

---

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including, but not limited to "Legal Proceedings" under Part I—Item 3, "Management's Discussion & Analysis" and "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" under Part II—Item 7 & 7A, may contain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or achievements, and may contain the words "believe," "anticipate," "expect," "estimate," "intend," "project," "will be," "will likely continue," "will likely result," or words or phrases of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements are based largely on the expectations of management and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the following:

•

the risks and other factors described under the heading "Risk Factors" in Part I—Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and elsewhere in the Annual Report on Form 10-K;



•

economic, political and market factors affecting trading volumes, securities prices, or demand for our brokerage services, including recent conditions in the world economy and financial markets in which we provide our services;



•

the extensive regulation of the Company's business, changes in laws and regulations governing our business and operations or permissible activities and our ability to comply with such laws and regulations;



•

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval to conduct our business in light of certain proposed changes in laws and regulations in the U.S., Europe and Asia as well as increased operational costs related to compliance with such changes in laws and regulations;



•

the risks associated with the transition of cleared swaps to future contracts and our ability to continue to provide value-added brokerage and execution services to our customers pursuant to rules and regulations applicable to futures markets;



•

our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including highly qualified brokerage personnel;



•

our ability to keep up with rapid technological change and to continue to develop and support our software, analytics and market data products, including our hybrid brokerage systems, that are desired by our customers;



•

our entrance into new brokerage markets, including investments in establishing new brokerage desks;



•

competition from current and new competitors;



•

risks associated with our matched principal and principal trading businesses, including risks arising from specific brokerage transactions, or series of brokerage transactions, such as credit risk, market risk or the risk of fraud or unauthorized trading;



•

financial difficulties experienced by our customers or key participants in the markets in which we focus our brokerage services;



•

the risk that the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement with BGC Partners, Inc. and BGC Partners, L.P. disrupt current plans and operations and/or increases operating costs and the potential difficulties in customer loss and employee retention as a result of the announcement and consummation of the tender offer agreement and transactions contemplated thereby;

3

---

Table of Contents

•

the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company, BGC Partners, Inc. and BGC Partners, L.P. or others following announcement and consummation of the tender offer agreement;



•

our ability to integrate our businesses with those of BGC Partners, Inc.;



•

our ability to assess and integrate acquisitions of businesses or technologies;



•

the maturing of key markets and any resulting contraction in commissions;



•

risks associated with the expansion and growth of our operations generally or of specific products or services, including, in particular, our ability to manage our international operations;



•

uncertainties associated with currency fluctuations;



•

our failure to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights;



•

uncertainties relating to litigation;



•

liquidity and clearing capital requirements and the impact of the conditions in the world economy and the financial markets in which we provide our services on the availability and terms of additional or future capital;



•

our ability to identify and remediate any material weakness in our internal controls that could affect our ability to prepare financial statements and reports in a timely manner;



•

the effectiveness of our risk management policies and procedures and the impact of unexpected market moves and similar events;



•

future results of operations and financial condition; and



•

the success of our business strategies.

        The foregoing risks and uncertainties, as well as those risks discussed under the headings "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. The information included herein is given as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K with the Securities Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and future events or circumstances could differ significantly from these forward-looking statements. The Company does not undertake to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        Our internet website address is www.gfigroup.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, the following reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing them with, or furnishing them to, the SEC: our Proxy Statements; Annual Reports on Form 10-K; Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q; Current Reports on Form 8-K; Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers; and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

        In addition, you may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. You also may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding the Company that we file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

4

---

Table of Contents

        Information relating to the corporate governance of the Company is also available on the Investor Relations page of our website, including information concerning our directors, board committees, including committee charters, our corporate governance guidelines, our code of business conduct and ethics for all employees and for senior financial officers and our compliance procedures for accounting and auditing matters. In addition, the Investor Relations page of our website includes certain supplemental financial information that we make available from time to time.

        Our Internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

5

---

Table of Contents

PART I.

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

        Throughout this Annual Report, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "GFI", "Company", "we", "us" and "our" refer to GFI Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Business

Introduction

        We are a leading intermediary and provider of trading technologies and support services to the global over-the-counter ("OTC") and listed markets. We founded our business in 1987 and were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2001 to be a holding company for our subsidiaries. We provide brokerage and trade execution services, clearing services, market data and trading platform and other software products to institutional customers in markets for a range of fixed income, financial, equity and commodity instruments. We provide execution services for our institutional wholesale customers by either matching their trading needs with counterparties having reciprocal interests or directing their orders to an exchange or other trading venue. We have focused historically on more complex, and often less commoditized, markets for sophisticated financial instruments, primarily OTC derivatives, that offer an opportunity for higher commissions per transaction than the markets for more standardized financial instruments. In recent years, we have developed other businesses that complement our brokerage of OTC derivatives, such as cash bond and futures contracts brokerage services, clearing services and analytical and trading software businesses. We have been recognized by various industry publications as a leading provider of institutional brokerage and other services for a broad range of products in the fixed income, financial, equity and commodity markets on which we focus.

        We offer our customers a hybrid brokerage approach, combining a range of telephonic and electronic trade execution services, depending on the nature of the products and the specific needs of our customers. We complement our hybrid brokerage capabilities with decision support services, such as value-added data and analytics products, real-time electronic auctions, fixing and matching sessions and post-transaction services, such as straight-through processing ("STP"), clearing links and trade and portfolio management services.

        Headquartered in New York, GFI was founded in 1987 and employs approximately 2,000 people with additional offices in London, Paris, Brussels, Nyon, Dublin, Madrid, Sugar Land (TX), Hong Kong, Tel Aviv, Dubai, Seoul, Tokyo, Singapore, Sydney, Cape Town, Santiago, Bogota, Buenos Aires, Lima and Mexico City. We have more than 2,500 brokerage, software and market data customers, including commercial and investment banks, corporations, insurance companies, asset managers and hedge funds.

        Based on the nature of our operations in each geographic region, our products and services, customers and regulatory environment, we have four reportable segments: Americas Brokerage; Europe, the Middle East and Africa ("EMEA") Brokerage; Asia Brokerage and Clearing and Backed Trading. Our brokerage operations provide brokerage services in four broad product categories: fixed income, financial, equity and commodity. Our Clearing and Backed Trading segment encompasses our clearing, risk management, settlement and other back-office services, as well as the capital we provide to start-up trading groups, small hedge funds, market-makers and individual traders. Information about other business activities is disclosed in an "All Other" category. All Other includes the results of our software, analytics and market data operations. All Other also includes revenues and expenses that are not directly assignable to one of our reportable segments, primarily consisting of indirect costs related to our brokerage segments as well as all of our corporate business activities. See Note 22 to our

6

---

Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II—Item 8 for further information on our revenues by segment and geographic region.

Acquisition by BGC Partners, Inc. and Termination of the CME Merger

        On February 26, 2015, BGC Partners Inc. ("BGC") successfully completed its tender offer to acquire shares of our common stock for $6.10 per share in cash. On March 4, 2015, BGC Partners, L.P. paid for the 54,274,212 shares of common stock of the Company tendered pursuant to the tender offer. The tendered shares, together with the 17.1 million shares already owned by BGC, represent approximately 56% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        As a result of the transaction, we are a controlled company of BGC and will operate as a division of BGC, reporting to Shaun Lynn, BGC's President. Going forward, BGC and GFI are expected to remain separately branded divisions.

        On February 19, 2015, we entered into a Tender Offer Agreement with BGC and BGC Partners, L.P. (the "Tender Offer Agreement"). Pursuant to the Tender Offer Agreement, our board of directors unanimously agreed to support the tender offer and to expand our board and to appoint BGC's designees. The Tender Offer Agreement also contained an offer extension and a reduction to the minimum tender condition of the tender offer. On February 26, 2015, our board of directors was increased from five to eight members and, following the appointment of three of the individuals designated by BGC, Marisa Cassoni, Frank Fanzilli, Jr. and Richard Magee resigned as members of the board of directors and any and all committees thereof. BGC designated six directors to the expanded eight-member board of directors, including Howard Lutnick, BGC's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Shaun Lynn, BGC's President, Stephen Merkel, BGC's Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, William J. Moran, a former Executive Vice President of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and a current director of BGC, Peter J. Powers, President and Chief Executive Officer of Powers Global Strategies LLC and a current director of BGC, and Michael Snow, Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer of Snow Fund One, LLC. Messrs. Moran, Powers and Snow are independent directors. The other conditions of the Tender Offer Agreement were met.

        Our Executive Chairman, Michael Gooch, and Chief Executive Officer, Colin Heffron, will remain as executives and directors of GFI and will continue as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, respectively, of the GFI division. Mr. Gooch will also hold the title of Vice Chairman of BGC Partners, L.P. Mr. Heffron will enter into an amended and restated employment agreement which will continue to provide him with certain annual cash and equity compensation and severance arrangements. Mr. Gooch will enter into a fixed term employment agreement which will provide him with certain cash and equity compensation. Pursuant to the Tender Offer Agreement, BGC has agreed to promptly establish a Distributable Earnings Bonus Pool program (the "Pool") in an amount equal to one times the average annual distributable earnings, as defined, of our inter-dealer brokerage business for the three successive 12-month periods beginning on July 1, 2015. The Pool will be in the form of an award of restricted equity units and preferred restricted equity units of BGC Holdings, L.P and will be allocated 35% to Mr. Gooch, 35% to Mr. Heffron and 30% to other GFI employees as mutually agreed by Messrs. Gooch and Heffron and BGC. As a condition to participation in the Pool, each participant (including Messrs. Gooch and Heffron) is required to enter into a non-competition and award agreement containing the terms and conditions of his or her participation, which terms include the participant's continued employment through July 1, 2018 and certain conditions, obligations and covenants (including non-competition, non-solicitation, non-hire non-disclosure provisions).

        Prior to the entry into the Tender Offer Agreement, we were a party to a series of agreements, including an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "CME Merger Agreement") and a Purchase Agreement (the "IDB Purchase Agreement"), each dated as of July 30, 2014, as amended, with CME Group Inc. ("CME") and certain of its affiliates, whereby we had agreed to merge with and into a

7

---

Table of Contents

wholly owned subsidiary of CME (the "CME Merger") and, immediately following such merger, a private consortium of current GFI management would acquire our wholesale brokerage and clearing businesses from CME (such transactions collectively, the "CME Transaction"). In addition, CME, Jersey Partners, Inc. ("JPI") and certain other stockholders of GFI, who collectively control approximately 38% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, entered into an agreement, dated as of July 30, 2014 (the "Support Agreement"), that provided for such stockholders to vote for the CME Transaction and vote against any alternative transaction and that prevented such stockholders from transferring their shares, including by tendering into the tender offer. The CME Merger Agreement and the CME Transaction were terminated on January 30, 2015. The restrictions in the Support Agreement continue until on or about January 30, 2016.

        Under the Tender Offer Agreement, JPI has the right to request, within the period of 21 days following the earlier of (x) the expiration or termination of the Support Agreement or (y) February 19, 2016, that BGC complete back-end mergers in which each remaining share of our common stock would be converted into $6.10, with holders of shares (other than JPI) receiving cash, and holders of JPI common stock receiving a mix of cash and shares of BGC's Class A common stock ("BGC Stock") valued at the closing price of BGC Stock on the date prior to the date of the Tender Offer Agreement in respect of each share indirectly owned by such holder through JPI. The amount of consideration to be received by Messrs. Gooch and Heffron, as holders of JPI common stock, in the back-end mergers is subject to reduction in certain circumstances, and our obligation to pay consideration to such holders in the back-end mergers is also subject to certain conditions, each as described in the Tender Offer Agreement.

        Pursuant to the Tender Offer Agreement, we will execute certain ancillary agreements, including amendments to BGC's existing administrative services agreements. Our employees holding restricted stock units will receive $6.10 per unit in cash based on their pre-existing vesting schedules. We and BGC have also agreed that we will establish a retention bonus pool for our employees, which may be payable in the forms of forgivable loans and equity or partnership awards of us or our affiliates.

Disposition of interests in Kyte

        Subsequent to year-end, the Company entered into a number of share purchase agreements to divest certain interests in Kyte (the "Kyte SPAs") pursuant to which the Company will sell Kyte's clearing, broking and capital management businesses. The Company expects to close each of the Kyte SPAs in the next few months. Following closing, the Company will no longer offer clearing and settlement services.

Our Industry

Services of Wholesale Brokers

        Wholesale brokers (sometimes called "inter-dealer" brokers), such as us, operate as intermediaries in the center of the wholesale financial markets by aggregating and disseminating prices and fostering transactional liquidity for financial institutions around the globe. Wholesale brokers provide highly sophisticated trade execution services, combining teams of traditional "voice" brokers with sophisticated electronic trading systems that match institutional buyers and sellers in transactions for financial products that are listed on traditional exchanges or transacted over-the-counter. We refer to this integration of voice brokers with electronic brokerage systems as "hybrid brokerage". Although wholesale brokers may provide their institutional customers with access to traditional exchange products through their many STP links and electronic connections to exchanges and clearing firms, wholesale brokers do not generally provide independent clearing and settlement services.

        Wholesale market trading institutions, such as major banks, investment banks, asset managers and broker-dealer firms, have long utilized the services of wholesale brokers to help them identify

8

---

Table of Contents

complementary trading parties for transactions in a broad range of equity, fixed income, financial and commodity products across the globe. These major trading firms pay brokerage commissions to wholesale brokers in return for timely and valuable pricing information, strong execution capabilities and access to deep pools of trading liquidity for both exchange-traded and OTC products.

Exchange traded and OTC Transactions

        Exchange traded markets and OTC markets have generally developed and grown in parallel to each other as trading efficiencies have increased with the help of pre-trade data and analytics, trading software and automated post-trade processing and clearing services. The relationship between exchange-traded and OTC markets generally has been complementary as each market typically provides unique services to different trading constituencies for products with distinctive characteristics and liquidity needs. Increasingly, wholesale brokers cross exchange-traded products in the OTC market or direct customer orders to an appropriate exchange or other electronic trading venue for execution. Additionally, transactions executed OTC by wholesale brokers are often exchanged for an exchange-traded instrument after the initial OTC trade takes place.

        Traditional stock exchanges, such as New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), NASDAQ OMX and the London Stock Exchange, and listed derivatives exchanges, such as CME and Eurex, provide a trading venue for fairly simple and commoditized instruments that are based on standard characteristics and single key measures or parameters. Exchange-traded markets rely on relatively active order submission by buyers and sellers and generally high transaction flow. These markets allow a broad base of trading customers meeting relatively modest margin requirements to transact standardized contracts in a relatively liquid market. Exchanges offer price transparency and transactional liquidity. Exchanges are often associated or tied to use of a central counterparty clearer ("CCP"), thereby providing a ready utility for controlling counterparty credit risk.

        In comparison, OTC markets provide wholesale dealers and other large institutional traders with access to trading environments for individually negotiated transactions, non-standardized products and larger-sized orders of both OTC and exchange cleared instruments. OTC markets generally serve counterparties that are professional trading institutions and wholesale dealers. These professional counterparties often have in place bilateral arrangements to offset their contingent credit risk on each other by giving or taking collateral against that risk. In some of the more significant OTC asset classes, such as U.S. treasury securities, equities, and equity and commodity derivatives, OTC trades are increasingly either "given up" to a third-party CCP, underwritten by a clearing house or exchanged for exchange-traded instruments. In some cases, as described below, new regulations now require that many OTC swaps be cleared by a CCP with only limited exceptions.

        The existence of both exchange-traded and OTC markets provides benefits for different sectors of the global financial marketplace. Exchange-traded markets serve the needs of both major and minor market participants for access to frequently traded, highly commoditized instruments. OTC markets, on the other hand, provide professional market participants and wholesale dealers with an arena in which to execute larger-sized transactions in a broad range of non-standardized and standardized products that are less actively traded and, often, individually negotiated. OTC markets are also conducive for trading large "block" transactions of actively traded standardized and centrally cleared instruments. Exchange-traded futures are seen as less-precise hedging tools compared to bespoke OTC contracts, potentially exposing users to larger losses. Last, OTC markets often serve as incubators for new financial products that originate as relatively inactively traded OTC products before achieving a significant level of trading activity among a broader spectrum of investors.

        As a result of the new regulations being enacted in the United States, Europe and elsewhere, certain OTC derivative products are now required to be centrally cleared and traded via exchanges, swap execution facilities ("SEF") and other regulated entities. As this happens, it is expected that the

9

---

Table of Contents

OTC marketplaces for certain products will diminish and the associated exchange and SEF markets for those products will expand. For example, the Dodd-Frank reform legislation has made it more costly to trade swaps and other customized derivatives, leading many participants to consider futures contracts, which are more widely used, as an alternative. Over the last few years, there was a general market move in the U.S. commodities markets toward the use of futures instead of OTC derivatives contracts. This migration to the use of futures contracts instead of swaps allowed participants to avoid new regulations requiring companies with a certain level of trading volume to register as swaps dealers and that would have forced many of the swaps to be executed through SEFs and cleared by central clearinghouses.

        We are actively serving the SEF and futures contracts markets that have developed as these new regulations were implemented. We continue to broker all the products that we have customarily brokered as swaps as block futures trades. Nevertheless, it remains unclear what the ongoing impact of any transition from OTC markets to associated exchange and SEF markets will be on the demand for our brokerage and trade execution services in these markets. For further information, see "Item 1A—Risk Factors."

Role of the Wholesale Broker

        On most business days around the globe, wholesale brokers and other market intermediaries facilitate the execution of millions of sophisticated transactions, either on exchanges or OTC, involving trillions of dollars of securities, commodities, currencies and derivative instruments. These products range from standardized financial instruments, such as common equity securities, futures contracts and standardized OTC derivative contracts, to more complex, less standardized instruments, such as non-standardized OTC derivatives, that are typically traded between wholesale dealers, money center banks, asset managers and hedge funds. Wholesale brokers serve professional traders in these markets by assisting in market price discovery, fostering trading liquidity, preserving pre-trade anonymity, providing market intelligence and, ultimately, matching counterparties with reciprocal interests or directing their orders to an exchange or other electronic trading venue.

        The essential role of a wholesale broker is to enhance trading liquidity. Liquidity is the degree to which a financial instrument can be bought or sold quickly with minimal price disturbance. The liquidity of a market for a particular financial product or instrument depends on several factors, including: the number of market participants and facilitators of liquidity, the availability of pricing reference data, the availability of standardized terms and the volume of trading activity. Liquid markets are characterized by substantial price competition, efficient execution and high trading volume. Highly liquid markets exist for both commoditized, exchange-traded products and certain, more standardized instruments traded over-the-counter, such as the market for U.S. treasury securities, equities and equity and commodity derivatives. In such highly liquid markets, the services of wholesale brokers assist market participants achieve better execution or pricing, especially for larger block transactions that may be privately negotiated.

        In contrast to the highly liquid markets for more commoditized instruments, less commoditized financial instruments and less liquid standardized transactions, such as high yield debt and derivatives with longer maturities, are generally traded over-the-counter in markets with variable or non-continuous liquidity. In such markets, a wholesale broker can enhance the efficient execution of a trade by applying its market knowledge to locate bids and offers and aggregate pools of liquidity in which such professional traders and dealers may meet counterparties with which to trade. A wholesale broker ordinarily accomplishes this by contacting potential counterparties directly by telephone or electronic messaging and, in an increasing number of cases, via proprietary trading systems provided by the broker through which market participants may post prices and execute transactions. Additionally, in a relatively less liquid market with fewer participants, disclosure of the intention of a participant to buy or sell could disrupt the market and lead to poor pricing. By using a broker, the identities of the

10

---

Table of Contents

transaction parties are often not disclosed until the trade is consummated. In this way, market participants better preserve their anonymity. For all these reasons, in relatively less liquid markets for non-commoditized products, a wholesale broker can provide professional traders and dealers with crucial liquidity enhancement through in-depth market knowledge, access to a range of potential counterparties and singular focus and attention on efficient execution.

        Wholesale brokers generally provide brokerage or execution services on either an agency (often called "name give-up") or matched principal (often called "riskless principal") basis. In an agency transaction, which is the conventional method of brokerage for OTC derivatives, we simply match a buyer and a seller and do not take title to or hold a position in the derivative instrument, or the underlying security, instrument or asset, at any stage of the process. In a matched principal transaction, which is a conventional method of brokerage for cash products, such as equities and corporate fixed income, we are the counterparty to both sides of the transaction and the trade is settled through a third-party clearing organization. Third party clearing organizations are able to reduce our counterparty risk by matching the trade and assuming the legal counterparty risk for the trade. In some cases, principally in the OTC cash markets, a wholesale broker may temporarily take unmatched positions for its own account, generally in response to customer demand, whereby the broker commits its own capital to facilitate customer trading activities.

Market Evolution

        Generally, as a market for a particular financial instrument develops and matures, more buyers and sellers enter the market, generating more transactions and pricing information. In addition, the terms of such financial instruments tend to become more standardized, generally resulting in a more liquid market. In this way, a relatively illiquid market for an instrument may evolve over a period of time into a more liquid market. As this evolution occurs, the characteristics of trading, the preferred mode of execution and the size of commissions that wholesale brokers charge may also change. In some cases, as the market matures, a wholesale broker may provide a client with an electronic screen or system that displays the most current pricing information. In addition, a market may have some characteristics of both more liquid and less liquid markets, requiring a wholesale broker to offer integrated telephonic and electronic brokering. We refer to this integrated service as hybrid brokerage. Hybrid brokerage may range from coupling traditional voice brokerage services with various electronic enhancements, such as electronic communications, price discovery tools and automated order entry, to full electronic execution supported by telephonic communication between the broker and its customers.

        For futures markets and highly liquid OTC markets, such as certain U.S. Treasury and cash foreign exchange products, electronic marketplaces have emerged as the primary means of conducting transactions and creating markets. In such electronic markets, many of the pre- and post-trade activities of market participants are facilitated through an electronic medium, such as a private electronic network or over the Internet. These electronic capabilities reduce the need for actual voice-to-voice participant interaction for certain functions, such as negotiation of specific terms, and allow voice brokers to focus on executing larger-sized or "block" trades, providing market intelligence and otherwise assisting in the execution process. For many professional traders, the establishment of electronic marketplaces has increased trading profits by leading to new trading methods and strategies, fostering new financial products and increasing market volumes.

        Most large exchanges worldwide, including certain exchanges in the United States, France, Canada, Germany, Japan, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, are now partially or completely electronic. Additionally, in an increasing number of OTC markets for less commoditized products, a voice broker will often assist the customer by entering the customer's prices directly into the wholesale broker's electronic trading systems at the request of the customer so that any resulting trades can be electronically processed using STP. In many of these markets, customers may benefit from a range of electronic enhancements to liquidity, including pricing dissemination, interactive trading, post-trade

11

---

Table of Contents

processing and other technology services. As these OTC markets have adopted greater use of technology, some market participants have sought to outsource the electronic distribution of their products and prices to qualified wholesale brokers in order to achieve optimal liquidity and to avoid the difficulty and cost of developing and maintaining their own electronic solutions.

The Cash Markets

        Cash, or spot markets, exist across the fixed income, financial, equity and commodity product spectrum. The cash or spot markets are also known as physical markets, because prices are settled in cash on the spot at current market prices, as opposed to forward prices. A cash market may be a self-regulated centralized market, such as an equity or commodity exchange, or a decentralized OTC market where private transactions occur. The cash markets are often highly liquid, commoditized markets. Wholesale brokers, such as us, provide value in these markets through the capacity to source liquidity from other market participants and efficiently transact large positions through their access to exchanges, electronic communications networks and other trading counterparties and platforms with minimal price movement. Wholesale brokers may also provide traders in these markets with critical market information and analysis.

        Cash markets for equities, commodities and debt securities exist on both exchanges and in the OTC markets, while cash foreign exchange products are traded principally in the OTC markets. In cash transactions, market participants generally seek to purchase or sell a specified amount of securities, commodities or currencies at a specified price for cash, with settlement occurring within a few days after the trade is executed. In certain cash OTC transactions, the broker executes the transaction and the transaction is then cleared by a third- party clearinghouse on behalf of the parties to the trade. The clearing process reduces the counterparty risk inherent in a bilateral OTC transaction as the clearinghouse becomes the buyer and seller in the transaction, thereby guaranteeing the trade. For this service, the clearinghouse imposes margin requirements and charges a fee. When we execute transactions for certain cash products, our customers may have their own relationship with a CCP, either directly or through a third party clearing firm or prime broker. In these cases, our customers are responsible for the margin payments and other CCP fees. Once we execute the transaction, our role is to collect a commission and step out of the trade. However, in most cleared markets, including in equities and cash fixed income, we remain the counterparty until the trade is settled. We believe that central counterparty clearing will play an increasing role in the future of both the cash and derivative OTC markets.

The Derivatives Markets

        Derivatives are widely used to manage risk or take advantage of an anticipated direction of a market by allowing holders to guard against gains or declines in the price of underlying financial assets, indices or other investments without having to buy or sell such underlying assets, indices or other investments. Derivatives derive their value from the underlying asset, index or other investment that may be, among other things, a physical commodity, an interest rate, a stock, a bond, an index or a currency. Derivatives enable mitigation of risks associated with interest rate movements, equity ownership, changes in the value of foreign currency, credit defaults by large corporate and sovereign debtors and changes in the prices of commodity products.

        Historically, the lower capital utilization of derivatives made these products a more efficient and attractive medium for trading than cash markets for many professional market participants. For this reason, trading volumes in derivatives were frequently a multiple of volumes in the equivalent underlying cash markets. However, with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulations abroad, regulators have increased the net capital requirements or require additional dedicated collateral to support the trading of many derivative products, which may impact trading volumes for the affected derivatives.

12

---

Table of Contents

        Derivatives may be exchange-traded or traded in the OTC market. Exchange-traded derivatives, including "options" and "futures," are highly commoditized instruments featuring standardized terms, including delivery places and dates, volume, technical specifications, and trading and credit procedures. Exchange-traded derivatives are generally cleared through a CCP. Wholesale brokers, like us, match exchange-traded derivatives as OTC transactions and the trades are then either exchanged for exchange-traded instruments, such as a futures contract, or "given up" to an exchange, other third-party CCP or futures clearing merchant ("FCM") for clearing. In cases where cleared swaps are converted to futures contracts by the CCP, we arrange trades off-exchange that meet the futures block minimum size requirements and submit the trade to the associated futures exchange as a block trade. We have relationships with FCMs through which we are able to give up our customer's exchange-traded futures and options for clearing and settlement. On a limited number of our desks focusing on exchange-traded or OTC derivatives, we act as principal and our FCM acts as our clearing agent. In these cases, we are responsible for providing the required collateral and margin payments.

        OTC derivatives, on the other hand, are bilateral, privately-negotiated agreements that range from highly customizable derivatives with long maturities structured for a user's specific needs to very liquid, highly standardized derivatives with shorter maturities. OTC derivatives are generally structured as forwards, swaps or options. A forward is an agreement between two parties to exchange assets or cash flows at a specified future date at a price agreed on the trade date. A swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange cash flows or other assets or liabilities at specified payment dates during the agreed-upon life of the contract. An option is an agreement that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified amount of an underlying asset or security at an agreed upon price on, or until, the expiration of the contract. Forwards have many of the same characteristics as exchange-traded futures and options. OTC derivative transactions can be hedged and arbitraged against both cash and related exchange-traded instruments and vice versa. However, a party generally cannot offset a position resulting from an OTC derivative against margin deposits or collateral held by an exchange. Currently, swaps tend to be traded primarily OTC, but are increasingly being cleared by CCPs. In the future, many of these cleared swaps in the U.S. will be required to be executed on an exchange or through a SEF. Other cleared swaps may be converted into futures contracts and be required to be listed solely on a registered futures exchange.

        OTC derivatives provide investors and corporations with a wide variety of structures to address specific risk mitigation and trading strategies. In its 2014 annual survey, Risk magazine identified 73 derivative categories across interest rate, foreign exchange, fixed income and equity derivatives. As a result, corporations and other investors are able to offset unique types of business risks that cannot be mitigated using standardized, exchange-traded derivatives. Indeed, while many large corporations hedge some risks using the relatively limited set of exchange-traded derivatives, such as futures, they often rely on the wide range of customizable OTC derivatives to hedge those risks for which there is no close match available on organized exchanges. Such specific hedging also allows such end users to satisfy hedge accounting requirements.

        The number of different derivative instruments has historically grown as companies and financial institutions have developed new and innovative derivative instruments to meet industry demands for sophisticated risk management and complex financial arbitrage. Novel derivative instruments often have distinct terms and little or no trading history with which to estimate a price. Markets for new derivative instruments therefore require reliable market data, market intelligence and pricing tools, as well as the services of highly skilled and well-informed brokers.

        The OTC derivatives markets are currently far larger than the exchange-traded derivatives markets. According to a recent report from the Bank for International Settlements (the "BIS"), OTC derivatives accounted for approximately 90% of the total outstanding global derivatives transactions, as of June 2014 (as measured by notional amount), with the remainder being exchange-traded derivatives. OTC derivatives markets generally feature lower and more episodic liquidity than exchange-traded derivatives

13

---

Table of Contents

markets. In these large, variably liquid OTC derivatives markets, wholesale brokers provide an essential service of liquidity aggregation and anonymous, efficient execution.

Our Market Opportunity

        We believe the financial markets in which we operate present us with the following opportunities to provide value to our customers:

        Continued Global Demand for Investment Hedging and Risk Management.    In recent years, governments worldwide have issued billions of dollars of sovereign debt in order to fund financial system rescues and fiscal stimulus packages. Global corporate borrowings are also expected to increase as and when economic recovery takes hold. Investors in the sovereign and corporate debt markets will need to utilize a range of derivatives products to effectively hedge their credit, interest rate and foreign exchange related risks. Additionally, the continuing growth of key emerging market countries, such as China, Brazil and India, should lead to increased demand for basic commodities and a corresponding need for hedging instruments, such as energy and commodity futures and derivatives. These hedging activities account for a growing proportion of the daily trading volume in derivative products. In the current financial environment, we believe wholesale brokers will be needed to provide crucial liquidity aggregation and anonymous, efficient execution for those derivative products which are commonly used to hedge the risks associated with credit defaults by sovereign and corporate debtors, equity ownership, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and energy and commodity price volatility. We believe growing global demand for hedging and risk management will, in time, drive higher trading volumes in the financial products and markets in which we provide our execution, market information and software services.

        Increased Centralized Clearing of OTC Derivatives.    Increased clearing of certain OTC derivatives has been a focal point in both the U.S. and Europe under new legislation as governments, regulators and market participants seek to improve global financial markets. International governments and regulators have pushed for the centralized clearing of credit derivatives and several exchanges and industry utilities have launched clearinghouses and platforms to clear certain credit, interest rate and foreign exchange derivative products. We were a leader in initiatives to launch clearing of credit derivatives and believe that the increased central clearing of credit and other OTC derivatives products that we specialize in will be an important driver of future volume growth.

        Demand for Superior Execution.    Sophisticated market participants around the world require efficient and effective execution of transactions in increasingly complex financial markets. We believe that in certain highly liquid markets for cash products, such as corporate fixed income and equities, the services of wholesale brokers are needed to achieve best execution, especially for larger transactions that may be privately negotiated. Wholesale brokers can source liquidity from other market participants or assess which competing markets, market makers, or electronic communications networks offer the most favorable terms of execution and efficiently transact large positions with minimal price movement. In addition, we believe that wholesale brokers, such as us, who provide hybrid brokerage services, are better positioned to meet the particular needs in the broad range of markets in which we operate than competitors that do not offer this combination of voice and electronic services. In the wake of the global financial crisis and the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act and European legislation, intermediated execution generally will be mandatory for clearable swaps transactions, which we believe will lead to increased demand for superior hybrid electronic execution facilities in certain wholesale derivatives markets that traditionally have under-utilized such systems. Accordingly, we believe that there will be an increased need for our trade support technology, including our hybrid brokerage systems and Trayport GlobalVision^SM products.

        Opportunity for Increased Market Share.    As a result of the major push for regulatory reform in the global markets, which will carry significant costs for compliance, including the need to have, maintain

14

---

Table of Contents

or expand sophisticated technology platforms, many smaller wholesale or inter-dealer brokers may cease to exist. We already operate our hybrid execution platforms globally, including in our SEF, and have an ability to build and deploy sophisticated trade execution and support technology. As a result, we may be able to increase our market share in certain derivative markets.

        Greater Importance of Product Expertise.    Wholesale brokers provide important price discovery and liquidity aggregation services in both liquid and illiquid markets. The presence of a broker provides customers with market intelligence, enhanced liquidity and, ultimately, improved pricing and execution. Wholesale brokers that execute a higher volume of trades of a particular financial product and have access to more market participants are better positioned to provide valuable pricing information, and can offer superior market data and analytics tools, than brokers who less frequently serve that market. In less commoditized financial markets, including markets for novel and complex financial instruments where liquidity is intermittent, market leadership becomes more important because reliable pricing information is difficult to obtain. Market participants in these less liquid markets utilize the services of leading wholesale brokers in order to gain access to the best bids and offers for a particular product. As a wholesale broker with high volumes of bids and offers in specialized markets and access to technology that tracks such market data against activity in correlated markets, we are well-positioned to meet the needs of professional market participants for analytical insight, price discovery, and product expertise.

        Increasing Benefits of Automated Trade Processing.    The combination of hybrid execution with STP has significantly improved confirmation and settlement processes, resulting in cost savings for customers. Following the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act, we expect to see continued demand in the markets for wholesale brokers or SEFs that have the ability to couple superior execution with automated trade reporting, confirmation and processing services.

        Need for Expertise in the Development of New Markets.    In order to better support their clients' evolving investment and risk management strategies, our dealer customers create new products, including new derivative instruments. Dealers also modify their trading techniques in order to better support their clients' needs, such as by integrating the trading of derivative instruments with the trading of related underlying or correlated financial assets, indices or other investments. We believe the markets for these new products and trading techniques create an opportunity for those wholesale brokers, such as us, who, through market knowledge and extensive client relationships, are able to identify these new product opportunities and to focus their brokerage services appropriately.

        Continuing Globalization of Financial Markets.    The continuing globalization of trading is expected to propel long-term growth in trading volumes in a wide array of financial and commodity products across the globe. We believe that the economic growth of emerging markets in South America, EMEA and Asia will fuel demand for the services of wholesale brokers to foster liquidity in new and emerging markets. We believe that our presence in multiple international financial centers, including the expansion of our services in South America, EMEA, and Asia, positions us to capitalize on such demand. There are certain risks attendant to foreign operations. For detailed discussion of the risks, see "Item1A—Risk Factors—If we are unable to manage the risks of international operations effectively, our business could be adversely affected."

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that the following principal competitive strengths will enable us to enhance our position as a leading wholesale broker:

        Multi-Asset Class SEF Platform.    We operate a multi-asset class SEF platform that is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"). We plan to expand our SEF platform, as OTC markets continue their transformation from unregulated, largely bilateral markets to transparent,

15

---

Table of Contents

regulated and cleared markets. We firmly believe that our complex electronic trading technology, comprehensive connectivity to customers, clearinghouses, data warehouses and post-trade service providers, and our robust regulatory and compliance infrastructure, aligns us well with the evolving regulatory landscape and changing market structure. It also provides us with a solid foundation for launching additional platforms outside the U.S. We expect SEF trading to increase, as market participants become comfortable with the new regulations and mandated SEF trading deadlines in fixed income and interest rate derivative markets are implemented in the first half of 2014.

        Strong Brand and Leading Position in Key Markets.    We believe that over our twenty-five year history, we have successfully created value in several brands that our customers associate with high quality services in the markets on which we focus. Our leadership in multiple markets, such as the markets for certain fixed income and equity derivatives, foreign exchange options and commodity products, has been recognized by rankings in industry publications such as Risk magazine, FX Week, Profit & Loss and Energy Risk magazine. Risk magazine has frequently ranked us as the leading broker in credit derivatives and numerous currency and equity derivative markets. Energy Risk magazine also listed GFI as Commodity Broker of the year in recent years, with top positions in natural gas and metals. In addition, FENICS ProfessionalTM, GFI's pricing, trading and risk management platform, is a leading analytic and risk management tool in the foreign exchange markets. Our electronic brokerage platforms, CreditMatch®, GFI ForexMatch® and, EnergyMatch®, as well as the Trayport GlobalVisionSM products, are recognized platforms in the markets in which they serve. We believe that, because of our leading market positions, strong brands and differentiated technological capabilities, we are better positioned than many of our competitors to serve the comprehensive needs of our customers in both exchange-traded and OTC markets.

        Expertise in Liquidity Formation in Cash and Derivative Markets.    We believe we have expertise in fostering liquidity in markets for complex and innovative financial products where liquidity is harder to achieve and expert brokerage services are therefore more valuable to market participants. We have long sought to anticipate the development and growth of markets for evolving innovative financial products, in which we believe we can move early to foster liquidity, garner a leading market position and enjoy higher commissions. For example, we fostered liquidity in the credit derivative and currency derivative markets in their early stages and have grown our services offerings for these markets through the years. We have also been involved in efforts to improve the transparency and standardization of the credit derivatives market as well as the development of clearing mechanisms for credit derivatives. We have introduced hybrid execution, matching and auction technology to the fixed income and currency derivatives market globally. Similarly, we were an early entrant to the shipping, property and emissions derivatives markets. Recently, we successfully increased our brokerage services for block futures contracts in the North American commodities markets. We believe that our expertise in fostering liquidity in various derivatives markets gives us certain advantages when providing brokerage services in correlated cash markets. While cash products are far more commoditized than the OTC derivatives products for which we are recognized, their trading activity is often correlated to activities in the corresponding derivatives markets, in which we are active intermediaries. The services we provide in the cash markets also allows us to extend the reach of our services to a broader clientele, such as larger institutional investors and hedge funds, that are more active in cash markets than derivatives markets.

        Ability to Build and Deploy Technology.    We believe we have a strong ability to develop and deploy sophisticated trade execution and support technology that is tailored to the transactional nuances of each specific market. Depending on the needs of the individual markets, we deploy customized brokerage systems that leverage our range of electronic and voice execution services, which we refer to as "hybrid brokerage." For example, our customers in certain of our more complex, less commoditized markets may choose between utilizing our CreditMatch®, GFI ForexMatch® or EnergyMatch® electronic brokerage platforms to trade a range of fixed income derivatives, foreign exchange options,

16

---

Table of Contents

energy derivatives and emission allowances entirely on screen or execute the same transaction through instant messaging devices or over the telephone with our brokers.

        Our Trayport subsidiary supports OTC and exchange-traded markets and is a market leader in providing electronic trading software to the European energy markets. Its primary revenue source comes from trading firms desiring a single, electronic access point for all of their energy trading requirements, both OTC and exchange-traded. Trayport software also supports brokers in their electronic market operations, as well as their electronic distribution of prices to trading clients. Trayport also provides trading system technology to exchanges and clearing houses that offer connectivity to trading communities across a range of markets, including commodities, equities (cash, derivatives) and fixed income. Trayport technology accommodates electronic trading, information sharing, STP capabilities and clearing links. Trayport recently expanded its suite of products to include post-trade services with Trayport CompleteSM, which helps clients manage and monitor post-trade work flows and satisfy their increasing regulatory requirements for post-trade reporting.

        We have internally built or purchased most of our core trade execution and support technology. We believe that this distinguishes us from our competitors as we are not overly beholden to the licensing rights of third party vendors and can tailor our technology offerings to serve the unique needs of our diverse product markets and customers.

        Quality Data and Analytics Products.    We are one of the few wholesale brokers that offer a broad array of data and analytics products to participants in the complex financial markets in which we specialize. Our data products are derived from the historical trade data compiled from our brokerage services in our key markets. Our analytics products benefit from the reputation of the FENICS® brand for reliability, ease of use and independence from any large dealer. Our FENICS® tools are used, not only by our traditional brokerage customers, but also by their customers, such as national and regional financial institutions and large corporations worldwide. In addition, GFI Trader allows users to have electronic access to tradable prices for currency derivatives provided by a group of global dealers using "request for quote" technology.

        Experienced Senior Management, Skilled Brokers and Technology Developers.    We have a senior management team that is experienced in identifying and developing brokerage markets for evolving, innovative financial instruments. Our founder and executive chairman, Michael Gooch, has over 30 years of experience in the brokerage industry. Our chief executive officer, Colin Heffron, has been with our company since 1988 and was instrumental in developing a number of brokerage desks and leading the growth of our European operations. Reporting to them is an experienced management team that includes senior market specialists in each of our product categories. We also employed over 1,000 skilled and specialized brokers as of December 31, 2014, many of whom have extensive product and industry experience. In addition, our in-house technology developers are experienced at developing electronic brokerage platforms and commercial grade software that are tailored to the needs of certain select markets in which we focus. Our brokers utilize this technology and market information to provide their customers with enhanced services, such as electronic matching sessions and option pricing software. We believe that the combination of our experienced senior management, skilled brokers and technology developers gives us a competitive advantage in executing our business strategy.

        Diverse Product and Service Offerings.    We offer our products and services in a diverse array of financial markets and geographic regions providing us with a balanced revenue stream. Historically, the markets on which we focus have volume and revenue cycles that are relatively distinct from each other and have generally been uncorrelated to and independent of the direction of broad equity indices. While we primarily serve the wholesale and professional trader community, some of the markets in which we are active have seen new entrants from the ranks of hedge funds and asset managers. We think this trend will allow us, in time, to serve a broader customer base. Further, our back-office and decision support products, including our clearing and settlement services, risk management platforms,

17

---

Table of Contents

market data, analytical tools and trading system software give us an opportunity to further expand our customer base, providing revenue sources beyond our traditional brokerage customers. We believe our diverse product and service offerings provide us with an advantage over many of our competitors that may have more limited product and service offerings and, therefore, may be more susceptible to downturns in a particular market or geographic region.

Our Strategy

        We intend to continue to grow our business and increase our profitability by being a leading provider of wholesale brokerage services, data and analytics and trading system software to the markets on which we focus. We intend to employ the following strategies to achieve our goals:

        Maintain and Enhance our Leading Positions in Key Markets.    We plan to continue building upon the leading market share and brand recognition that we have developed for a range of OTC derivative instruments and underlying cash securities in fixed income, financial, equity and commodity markets. We will continue deploying our specialized brokers and proprietary trading technology and systems in markets where liquidity is harder to achieve and our unique brokerage services and systems are therefore more valuable to dealers and professional traders. Building on our strength in executing OTC derivative products, we plan to continue to build our brokerage capabilities in exchange-traded derivatives, corporate bond and equity markets that have correlations to the underlying derivative markets in which we are well recognized. We also intend to continue offering our quality brand data and analytics products in certain select markets requiring reliable decision support tools. Through these means, we seek to enhance our strong reputation and long-standing relationships in existing markets, while offering additional services and serving new customers in increasingly global financial and commodities markets.

        Leverage Technology and Infrastructure to Gain Market Share and Improve Margins.    We intend to continue to develop and deploy technology, including proprietary electronic brokerage platforms, to further enhance broker productivity, increase customer and broker loyalty and improve our competitive position and market share. We intend to continue to pursue technological innovations, such as state of the art electronic brokerage platforms, to improve our brokers' productivity and increase our market share in key products. During 2014, we continued to see substantial use of our CreditMatch®electronic brokerage platform in Europe and North America in both credit derivatives and cash bonds. GFI ForexMatch®, an electronic brokerage platform for foreign exchange products that is integrated with our Fenics® trader tools, has seen increased usage in emerging market products, particularly in Latin American and Eastern European products. We provide our EnergyMatch® system to certain natural gas and electric power markets in Europe and North America. We believe that there will be increased demand for our hybrid electronic brokerage platforms in many of our existing wholesale derivatives markets following the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act. We believe that as the usage of these systems becomes more widespread, we will be able to gain increased market share. We also plan to continue to install proprietary application programming interfaces ("APIs") and STP connections with our customers' settlement, risk management and compliance operations, in order to better serve their needs and to provide us with additional opportunities to increase our revenues.

        Continue to Identify and Develop New Products and High-growth Markets.    Our brokerage personnel headcount as of December 31, 2014 was 1,025. We plan to continue our practice of developing new brokerage desks through the strategic redeployment of experienced brokers from established brokerage desks and through the selective hiring of new brokers. Individual brokerage desks are separately tracked and monitored in an effort to drive performance. We will continue to focus on identifying growth markets where liquidity is more valuable, thereby yielding early-mover opportunities. At the same time, we plan to continue to develop our capabilities in selected cash equities and fixed income products where we can leverage our expertise in the related derivative products and long-standing

18

---

Table of Contents

relationships with the world's largest financial institutions. We also intend to continue to expand our presence globally in markets where we believe there are opportunities to increase our revenues. As part of this effort, we have grown our operations in recent years in a number of locations in South America, Europe and Asia.

        Align our Business with the Goals of New Regulations.    Recent U.S. and European legislation, as well as pending legislative and regulatory proposals, for OTC derivatives require, among other things, greater use of clearing facilities, transaction reporting, greater price transparency and mandatory execution of transactions by regulated intermediaries. GFI SEF, our multi-asset class regulated platform in the U.S. became operational in October 2013. We continue to add customers to this platform for the execution of regulated swaps under the Dodd-Frank Act. We believe that increased use of clearing will bring new entrants into our markets and ultimately increase trading volumes. Similarly, we have worked with major industry participants to develop transaction confirmation and reporting protocols that will be utilized in enhanced regulatory trade warehousing. Although we already operate hybrid brokerage systems that we believe will be able to meet the new regulatory requirements to operate as a SEF in the United States, we intend to continue to invest in those areas of our business that will serve the goals of expected regulation, including increased market transparency.

        Continue to Pursue New Customers and Diverse Revenue Opportunities.    We offer our products and services in a diverse range of financial markets and geographic regions and to hundreds of institutional customers. We have been successful in expanding our wholesale brokerage customer base through new product offerings and the implementation of our proprietary technology. During 2014, the majority of our total revenues came from our traditional dealer bank customers. In cash markets for corporate fixed income and equities, as well as in certain energy and commodities markets, we are increasingly providing brokerage services to a broader range of customers than our traditional clientele of large primary dealers. Our data, analytics and software products and clearing services are already purchased by a broad range of customers outside of the dealer community. We intend to increase the diversity of our customer base by expanding our services to the wider professional trader community in order to lessen the impact of a downturn in any particular market or geographic region on us. We also intend to maintain the geographic diversity of our revenues. On a geographic basis, approximately 63% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were generated by our EMEA operations, 27% were generated by our Americas operations and 10% were generated by our operations in the Asia-Pacific region. Additionally, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one of our clearing customers accounted for approximately 11% and 0% of our Total revenues and Revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses, respectively. No other single customer accounted for 10% or more of our Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Strategically Expand our Operations and Customer Base through Business Acquisitions and Investments.    Historically, the wholesale brokerage industry was fragmented and concentrated mainly on specific country or regional marketplaces and discrete product sets, such as foreign exchange or energy products. The industry was also predominantly focused on executing trades between large dealer banks and securities houses. Over time, however, the wholesale brokerage industry has experienced increasing consolidation as larger wholesale brokers have sought to enhance their global brokerage services and offset customer commission pressure in maturing product categories by acquiring smaller competitors that specialized in specific product markets. At the same time, inter-dealer brokers have expanded their customer base within the wholesale universe to include hedge funds, corporations and asset managers. In addition, several wholesale brokers, such as us, have acquired technology-focused companies which enhance brokerage execution and pre- and post-trade analysis and processing. We plan to continue to selectively seek opportunities to grow our customer base, further our operational and technological

19

---

Table of Contents

depth and breadth and to grow our business in new and existing product areas through the acquisition of complementary businesses.

        Continue to Generate Cash and Return Value to Shareholders.    Our brokerage, software, analytics and market data businesses have generated significant operating cash flows that have allowed us to invest in software development, open new brokerage or trading desks and otherwise re-position our business to suit current and future market conditions. Despite the global financial crisis, over the past five years, we generated in excess of $224 million of positive cash flow from operations and paid in excess of $139 million of dividends to our shareholders. We believe that our cash flows also benefit from the significant amount of matched principal transactions we broker for cash products. Matched principal transactions generally settle within three days and we receive our commission much sooner than we do when we execute a trade on an agency basis. We intend to continue to invest in businesses that generate operating cash flows and to use these cash flows to continue to return value to our shareholders.

Overview of Our Products and Services

        Our global brokerage operations focus on a wide variety of fixed income, financial, equity and commodity instruments, including both cash and derivative products. Within these markets we have been successful, historically, in serving the more complex, less commoditized markets for sophisticated financial instruments, primarily OTC derivatives. As the trading strategies of market participants continue to evolve and diversify, and the OTC derivatives, futures contracts and cash markets continue to converge, wholesale brokers like us can bridge the gap between these markets and offer services in a number of related markets.

        We support and enhance our brokerage operations by providing clearing and risk management services, trading system software, analytics and market data products to our customers. We also provide our customers with STP links and electronic connections with exchanges and clearing firms where applicable.

        We provide brokerage services to our customers by executing transactions on either an agency or principal basis. In agency transactions, we charge a commission for connecting buyers and sellers and assisting in the negotiation of the price and other material terms of the transaction. After all material terms of a transaction are agreed upon, we identify the buyer and seller to each other and/or give up their names to a CCP and they then settle the trade directly or with the CCP. Commissions charged to our customers in agency transactions vary across the products for which we provide brokerage services.

        We generate revenue from principal transactions on the spread between the buy and sell price of the security that is brokered or from an agreed commission rate that is built into the pricing of the instrument. Our principal transactions revenue is primarily derived from matched principal transactions. In matched principal transactions, we act as a "middleman" by serving as the counterparty on one side of a customer trade and entering into an offsetting trade with another party relatively quickly (often within minutes and generally on the same trading day). These transactions are then settled through clearing institutions with which we have a contractual relationship. Because the buyer and seller each transact through us rather than with each other, the parties are able to maintain their anonymity.

        We generally do not take unmatched positions for our own account or gain, but may do so in response to customer demand, primarily to facilitate the execution of existing customer orders. Although the significant majority of our principal trading is done on a "matched principal" basis, we have authorized a limited number of our desks to enter into principal investing transactions in which we commit our capital within predefined limits, either to facilitate customer trading activities or, in limited cases, to engage in principal trading for our own account. For more information on these limits, see "Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Market Risk." Most of our

20

---

Table of Contents

principal transactions are executed in the OTC cash trading markets, such as the fixed income and equity markets, or in certain listed derivative markets.

        Fixed Income Products.    We provide brokerage services in a variety of fixed income derivatives, bond instruments and other related fixed income products. Our offices in New York, London, Sydney, Hong Kong, and Singapore each provide brokerage services in a broad range of fixed income derivative products that may include single-entity credit default swaps, emerging market credit default swaps, credit indices, options on single-entity credit default swaps, options on credit indices and credit index tranches. We also provide brokerage services in a range of non-derivative credit instruments, such as investment grade corporate bonds, high yield corporate bonds, emerging market Eurobonds, European government bonds, bank capital preferred shares, asset-backed bonds and floating rate notes. We largely provide our services for these non-derivative fixed income products out of our New York, London, Paris, Singapore and Hong Kong offices. We also broker government bonds and corporate bonds from our Santiago and Bogota offices, while government bonds are also brokered out of our Madrid, Buenos Aires, Lima and Mexico City offices.

        We support our fixed income product execution services with CreditMatch®, our electronic brokerage platform that provides trading, trade processing and STP functionality to our customers. Consistent with our hybrid brokerage model, customers may choose between utilizing CreditMatch® to trade certain credit derivative products entirely via an electronic platform or executing the same transaction over the telephone, or via other messaging mediums, with our brokers. In Europe, our customers consistently use CreditMatch® when using our services to trade certain credit derivative and bond products. Our customers in the Americas and Asia are also increasing their use of the matching sessions on CreditMatch® for the pricing and execution of certain credit derivative and bond products.

        We hold an economic interest in ICE Clear Credit LLC, a clearinghouse for derivative instruments formed as a result of IntercontinentalExchange Inc.'s ("ICE") March 2009 purchase of The Clearing Corporation, a company in which we were a minority shareholder. In March 2009, ICE Trust became the first clearinghouse to clear credit derivatives. We believe that our hybrid electronic brokerage systems and STP capabilities will complement the movement to greater automation and centralized clearing in the OTC credit derivatives markets. Ultimately, we believe that centralized clearing may expand the market for OTC derivative products through added settlement efficiency and reliability.

        Through Christopher Street Capital, a division of GFI Securities Limited in the UK, we offer traditional brokerage services to a broad range of customers in the cash bond markets, including investment grade and cross-over corporate debt, distressed debt, agencies, high yield debt, and asset backed securities.

        Financial Products.    We provide brokerage services in a range of financial instruments, including foreign exchange options, exotic options, U.S. Dollar and non-U.S. Dollar interest rate swaps and options, repurchase agreements, forward and non-deliverable forward contracts, inflation derivatives, and certain government and municipal bond options. Exotic options include non-standard options on baskets of foreign currencies. Non-deliverable forward contracts are forward contracts that settle in cash and do not require physical delivery of the underlying asset.

        In financial products, we offer traditional telephone brokerage services augmented in select markets with our GFI ForexMatch® brokerage platform. We also offer a STP capability that automatically reports completed telephone and electronic transactions directly to our customers' position-keeping systems and provides position updates for currency option trades executed through our brokerage desks globally.

21

---

Table of Contents

        Our New York office focuses on providing brokerage services for foreign exchange option trading among the U.S. Dollar, the Japanese Yen and the Euro, which are referred to as the G3 currencies, as well as the Canadian Dollar and emerging market foreign exchange options, forward contracts and non-deliverable forward contracts and U.S. Dollar and non-U.S. Dollar interest rate swaps. Our New York office also offers bond options, swap options and corporate and emerging market repo brokerage services. Our London office also covers foreign exchange option trading in the G3 currencies along with nearly all European cross currencies, including the Russian Ruble and Eastern European currencies, for which we provide brokerage services for forwards and non-deliverable forwards. In addition, our London office provides brokerage services for cross currency basis swaps, and non-US Dollar interest rate swaps and options. Our brokers in Singapore, Hong Kong and Seoul provide brokerage services for foreign exchange currency options, non-deliverable forwards and non-U.S. Dollar interest rate swaps for regional and G3 currencies. Our offices in Santiago, Bogota, Buenos Aires, and Lima focus on local foreign exchange products, interest rate swaps and government bonds, while our Dubai office focuses on Islamic finance products. In Tel Aviv we offer foreign exchange derivatives on the local currency.

        In 2011, we opened an office in Nyon, Switzerland that focuses on the brokering of emerging market products, including foreign exchange options, forward rate agreements, basis swaps, interest rate swaps and government bonds in CE3 currencies (Czech Koruna, Polish Zloty and Hungarian Forint), South African Rand and Turkish Lira. Our brokers in our Nyon office are supported by matching sessions run on our GFI ForexMatch® and CreditMatch® brokerage platforms.

        Equity Products.    We provide brokerage services in a range of cash-based and derivative equity products, including U.S. domestic equity and international equity stocks, Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs"), American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and equity derivatives based on indices, stocks or customized stock structures.

        We offer voice broker assisted equity execution services from our brokerage desks in New York, London, Dublin, Paris, Tel Aviv, Hong Kong, and Sydney and, where appropriate, they are augmented with electronic and algorithmic trading capabilities. Through our various offices, we broker trades in the OTC market, as well as for certain exchange-traded securities and derivatives.

        Our New York office provides brokerage services in cash equities, single stock options, index options, sector options, equity default swaps, variance swaps, total return swaps, convertible bonds and ADRs. Our London office provides brokerage services in equity index options, single stock options, GDRs, Pan-European equities, Japanese equity derivatives and structured equities. Our Paris office provides brokerage in Pan-European equities, structured equities, single stock and equity index options and financial futures. Our Hong Kong office provide a varying degree of brokerage services in equity index and single stock options, while the Hong Kong office also provides brokerage services in ADRs and GDRs. Our Dublin and Tel Aviv offices broker primarily Pan-European and international equities.

        Through Christopher Street Capital Equities, a division of GFI Securities Limited, we operate a cash equities brokerage desk that provides independent equity research focused on the relationship between the credit and equity markets. Our research analyzes the relationship between credit default swap and equity markets using our historic credit default swap data. Christopher Street Capital Equities focuses, in particular, on situations where credit default swap spreads and equity prices diverge outside their normal relationship.

        Kyte Capital Management Limited provides capital to start-up trading groups that undertake proprietary trading, market making and liquidity provider services for equity futures and options on the major U.S., European and Asian exchanges.

        Commodity Products.    We provide brokerage services in a wide range of cash-based and derivative commodity and energy products, including oil, natural gas, electricity, wet and dry freight derivatives,

22

---

Table of Contents

dry physical freight, precious metals, coal, property derivatives, emissions, ethanol and soft commodities.

        We offer telephonic brokerage supported by electronic platforms and post-trade STP and confirmation services in certain markets. Our Trayport subsidiary is a leading provider of electronic trading software and services to the European OTC energy markets, including electricity, natural gas, coal, emissions and freight. Trayport's GlobalVisionSM platform accommodates electronic trading, information sharing, STP capabilities in commodity and financial instruments and clearing links to NOS Clearing ASA, CME ClearPort, European Commodity Clearing ("ECCO"), Mercado Español de Futuros Financieros ("MEFF"), and the Singapore Exchange ("SGX"). In London, our telephonic brokerage capabilities are augmented with electronic brokerage capabilities licensed by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Trayport. In North America, we offer EnergyMatch®, an electronic brokerage platform for trading energy derivatives which is currently used in varying degrees in certain electricity, natural gas and emissions markets. Through EnergyMatch®, we offer STP capabilities and clearing links to CME ClearPort and other third party clearing providers.

        From our New York area offices, we provide brokerage services in natural gas, oil and petroleum products, electricity, ethanol and soft and agricultural commodities. Through our Amerex subsidiary based in Sugar Land, Texas, we provide brokerage services in natural gas, electricity, environmental commodities and retail energy management. Our London office provides commodity product brokerage services in many European national markets, including for electricity, coal, emissions and gas. The London office also provides brokerage services in property derivatives, dry and wet freight derivatives and dry physical freight. Desks in our New York and London offices also provide brokerage services for the global precious metal markets. We also provide electricity brokerage services out of our Sydney office.

        Through collaboration with certain divisions of CB Richard Ellis Group Inc., we provide and continue to develop brokerage services in European property derivatives. The collaboration in the U.K. is a leader in the property derivatives market.

        Through a joint venture with ACM Shipping Limited, we offer hybrid telephonic and electronic brokerage of wet freight derivatives in London, Singapore and New York.

        Kyte Capital Management Limited provides capital to start-up trading groups that undertake proprietary trading, market making and liquidity provider services for commodity futures and options on the major U.S., European and Asian exchanges.

        Clearing and Settlement Services.    In 2010, we acquired a 70% equity ownership interest in each of The Kyte Group Limited and Kyte Capital Management Limited, and acquired the remaining 30% equity interest in 2013. Kyte provides clearing, brokerage, settlement and back-office services to proprietary traders, brokers, market makers and hedge funds. Subsequent to year-end, the Company entered into a number of share purchase agreements to divest its interests in Kyte (the "Kyte SPAs") pursuant to which the Company will sell Kyte's clearing and broking businesses. The Company expects to close each of the Kyte SPAs in the next few months. Following closing, the Company will no longer offer clearing and settlement services.

        Software, Analytics and Market Data.    Our Trayport subsidiary licenses multi-asset class electronic trading and order management software to brokers, exchanges and traders in the commodities, fixed income, currencies and equities markets. Trayport's GlobalVisionSM products have an industry leading position in supplying software to the European OTC energy markets, including electric power, natural gas, coal, emissions and freight. Trayport's primary source of revenue is from recurring license fees charged to trading and brokerage firms that are calculated by the number of active users. Trayport is in the process of transitioning its trader clients from deployed licenses to delivered services and associated infrastructure and product support. We believe that this transition will strengthen and expand Trayport's

23

---

Table of Contents

customer network through more efficient software and service delivery at an overall lower cost to the client. Trayport also receives consulting and maintenance fees to "white-label" or customize its products according to customer needs. Trayport's products provide customers with STP capabilities and clearing links to multiple clearinghouses, including NOS Clearing ASA, CME ClearPort, ECC, MEFF, OMIP and SGX Asia Clear.

        Within foreign exchange option markets, our FENICS® division licenses FENICS® Professional, which provides customers with technology to control and monitor the lifecycle of their foreign exchange options trades. Sold on a subscription basis through dedicated sales teams across the globe, FENICS® Professional is a suite of price discovery, price distribution, trading, risk management and STP components. This array of modules permits customers too quickly and accurately price and revalue both vanilla and exotic foreign exchange options using math models and independent market data. Our FENICS® division also provides pre and post trade connectivity to several transactional venues through its FENICS Gateway service, affording clients greater workflow efficiency and electronic access to tradable prices for currency derivatives provided by leading execution venues and platforms.

        Through our GFI Market Data division, we license market data to third parties in the following product areas: foreign exchange options, credit derivatives, emerging market non-deliverable forwards and interest rate swaps, equity index volatilities, interest rate options and European and North American energy. We make our data available through a number of channels, including streaming data feeds; file transfer protocol downloads, directly from FENICS® Professional and to data vendors, such as Thomson Reuters, Interactive Data Corporation and Quick, who license our data for distribution to their global users. Revenue from market data products consists of up-front license fees and monthly subscription fees, royalties from third party market data vendors who re-license our data and individual large database sales.

Our Customers

        As of December 31, 2014, we provided brokerage services, clearing services and data and analytics products to over 2,500 institutional customers, including leading investment and commercial banks, large corporations, asset managers, insurance companies, hedge funds and proprietary trading firms. Notwithstanding our large number of customers, we primarily serve the wholesale and professional trader community that regularly transact in global capital markets, including many of the world's money-center banks and wholesale dealers such as Bank of America, Barclays Bank, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Morgan Stanley and UBS. Despite the importance of these large financial institutions to our brokerage business, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total brokerage revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. Customers using our FENICS® branded analytics products and our market data products and services include small and medium sized banks and investment firms, brokerage houses, asset managers, hedge funds, investment analysts and financial advisors. We also license our Trayport trading systems to various financial markets participants, including our major wholesale brokerage competitors, exchanges and trading firms.

Sales and Marketing

        In order to promote new and existing brokerage, data and analytics and software services, we utilize a combination of our brokerage personnel, internal marketing and public relations staff and external advisers in implementing selective advertising and media campaigns. Our brokerage services are primarily marketed through the direct and fairly constant interaction of our brokers with their customers. This direct interaction permits our brokers to discuss new product and market developments with our customers and to cross-sell our other products and services. We also participate in numerous trade-shows to reach potential brokerage, data and technology customers and utilize speaking

24

---

Table of Contents

opportunities to help promote market specialists and trading technologies in our core products and services.

        Our data, analytics and trading software products are actively marketed through dedicated sales and support teams, including at our Trayport subsidiary, that market products to customers globally. As of December 31, 2014, we employed a total of 144 sales, marketing and support professionals.

Technology

        Pre-Trade Technology.    Our brokers generally use an internally developed suite of proprietary market data and analytical software tools to assist customers with their trading decisions. This technology is often made available directly to customers via a license agreement. In most cases, our brokerage desks distribute prices and other market data via our proprietary network, data vendor pages, secure websites and trading platforms.

        Hybrid Brokerage Platform Technology.    We utilize several sophisticated proprietary electronic brokerage platforms to distribute prices and offer electronic trade execution to our customers. These platforms include our CreditMatch®, GFI ForexMatch®, RatesMatch^SM and EnergyMatch® electronic brokerage platforms. Price data is transmitted over these platforms by our proprietary global private network and by third-party providers that connect to the financial community. Our hybrid brokerage platforms and systems operate on a technology platform and network that emphasizes scalability, performance, adaptability and reliability, and that provides our customers with a variety of means to connect to our brokers and brokerage platforms, including dedicated point-to-point data lines, virtual private networks, proprietary application programming interfaces and the Internet. We provide customers with proprietary application programming interfaces ("APIs") that automate customer order flow and trade matching. These efforts seek to automate large parts of the trade reporting and settlement process via STP, thereby reducing errors, risks and costs traditionally associated with post-trade activities.

        Post-Trade Technology.    Our hybrid brokerage platforms automate previously paper- and telephone-based transaction processing, confirmation and other functions, substantially improving and reducing the cost incurred by many of our customers' back offices and enabling STP. In addition to our own system, confirmation and trade processing is also available through third-party hubs including Markitwire, Reuters RTNS, CME ConfirmHub, EFETnet and direct STP in Financial Information eXchange (FIX) Protocol for various banks. We have electronic connections to most mainstream clearinghouses, including The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (through third party clearing firms), Continuous Linked Settlement, Euroclear, Clearstream, LCH Clearnet, Eurex, CME, ICE, Euro CCP, ECC, SGX, MEFF, and European Multilateral Clearing Facility N.V ("EMCF"). We intend to expand the number of clearinghouses to which we connect in the future.

        We further provide data communication and STP connections with our customers' settlement, risk management and compliance operations in order to better serve their needs and to strengthen our relationships with them. STP generally involves the use of technology to automate the processing of financial transactions, from execution to settlement, in order to minimize human error, reduce operational costs and time, and enhance transaction information and reporting.

        Risk Management Platforms.    GFI maintains a proprietary electronic risk monitoring system to monitor and mitigate market risks, which provides management with daily credit reports in each of our geographic regions that analyze credit concentration and facilitates the regular monitoring of transactions against key risk indicators. In addition, our Kyte subsidiary maintains proprietary risk management platforms which are used to manage risk associated with its customers. These proprietary risk platforms create risk profile reports using algorithms that calculate real time net position reports using information from exchanges and third-party market data providers, such as Reuters. The systems

25

---

Table of Contents

can calculate the net risk of a customer's entire portfolio covering a broad range of products, including cash bonds, futures, options, equities and spot FX.

        Systems Architecture.    Our systems are implemented as a multi-tier hub and spoke architecture comprised of several components, which provide matching, credit management, market data distribution, position reporting, customer display and customer integration. The network currently operates from concurrent data centers and hub cities throughout the world acting as distribution points for all network customers.

        In addition to our own network system, we also receive and distribute secure trading information from customers using the services of multiple, major Internet service providers throughout the world. These connections enable us to offer our products and services via the Internet to our global customers.

Technology Development

        We employ a technology development philosophy that emphasizes state-of-the-art technology with cost efficiency in both our electronic brokerage platforms, such as CreditMatch®, GFI ForexMatch® EnergyMatch® and GlobalVisionSM (a product of Trayport®), and our data and analytics products. We take a flexible approach by developing in-house, purchasing or leasing technology products and services and by outsourcing support and maintenance where appropriate to manage our technology expense more effectively. For each market in which we operate, we seek to provide the optimal mix of electronic and telephonic brokerage.

        Market Data and Analytics Products Technology.    Our market data and analytics products are developed internally using advanced development methodologies and computer languages. Through years of developing FENICS products, our in-house software development team is experienced in creating simple, intuitive software for use with complex derivative instruments.

        Support and Development.    At December 31, 2014, we employed a team of 361 computer, telecommunication, network, database, customer support, quality assurance and software development specialists globally. We devote substantial resources to the continuous development and support of our electronic brokerage capabilities, the introduction of new products and services to our customers and the training of our employees. Our software development capabilities allow us to be flexible in our decisions to either purchase or license technology from third parties or to develop it internally.

        Disaster Recovery.    We have contingency plans in place to protect against major carrier failures, disruption in external services (market data and internet service providers), server failures and power outages. All critical services are connected via redundant and diverse circuits and, where possible, we employ site diversity. Production applications are implemented with a primary and back-up server, and all data centers have uninterruptible power source and generator back-up power. Our servers are backed-up daily, and back-up tapes are sent off-site daily. We maintain back-up facilities for our key personnel to relocate to in the event that we were unable to use certain of our primary offices for an extended period of time and we also have a limited number of reserved "seats" available for business continuity use in the event that certain of our other global offices are adversely impacted by an event. We intend to increase the number of our back-up facilities and reserved seats, some of which may be shared with other companies, as part of our business continuity plans.

Intellectual Property

        We seek to protect our internally developed and purchased intellectual property through a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, contract and fair business practice laws. Our proprietary technology, including our Trayport and FENICS software, is generally licensed to customers under written license agreements. Where appropriate, we also license and incorporate software and

26

---

Table of Contents

technology from third parties that is protected by intellectual property rights belonging to those third parties.

        We pursue registration of some of our trademarks in the United States and in other countries. "GFI Group," "GFInet," "FENICS," "CreditMatch," "GFI ForexMatch," "EnergyMatch," "Amerex", "Starsupply", "Trayport" and "Kyte" are registered trademarks in either the United States and/or numerous overseas jurisdictions.

        We have filed a number of patent applications to further protect our proprietary technology and innovations, and have received patents for some of those applications. We believe that no single patent or application or group of patents or applications will be of material importance to our business as a whole. Our patents have expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2028.

Competition

        Competition in the wholesale brokerage industry is intense. We encounter competition in all aspects of our businesses, including for customers, employees and acquisition candidates.

        Inter-dealer Brokers.    Our primary competitors with respect to dealer to dealer, or "inter-dealer", OTC brokerage services are currently four firms: ICAP Plc, Tullett Prebon Plc, BGC Partners, Inc. (a publicly traded subsidiary of Cantor Fitzgerald and holder of approximately 56% of our outstanding shares of common stock—see "Acquisition by BGC Partners, Inc.") and Compagnie Financière Tradition (which is majority owned by Viel & Cie), all of which are currently publicly traded companies. We also compete, to a lesser extent, with several electronic brokerage platforms and a number of smaller, privately held firms or consortia that tend to specialize in niche products or specific geographical areas. The current size of the inter-dealer brokerage market is difficult to estimate as there is little objective external data on the industry and several participants are private companies that do not publicly report revenues. Over the past decade, the industry has been characterized by the consolidation of well-established smaller firms into the four firms mentioned above and ourselves. We believe this consolidation has resulted from a number of factors, including: the consolidation of primary institutional dealer customers; pressure to reduce brokerage commissions, particularly in more commoditized products; greater dealer demand for technological capabilities and the need to leverage relatively fixed administrative and regulatory costs.

        Historically, the inter-dealer brokerage industry has been characterized by fierce competition for customers and brokers. Significant factors affecting competition in the inter-dealer brokerage industry are the qualities, abilities and relationships of professional personnel, the depth and level of liquidity of the market available from the broker, the quality of the technology used to service and assist in execution on particular markets and the relative prices of services and products offered by the brokers and by competing markets and trading processes.

        In time, our business may face growing competition from businesses that provide execution services directed towards non-dealer institutions. Companies such as Bloomberg, TradeWeb and MarketAxess have substantial customer relationships with institutional traders of cash instruments and we believe that they will seek to leverage these relationships to further their business in executing derivatives transactions. We have not traditionally served such non-dealer institutions in certain of the products that we broker. Rather, in such products, we have maintained deep relationships with the swaps dealers who are the primary providers of liquidity to such markets. We intend to continue to skillfully serve the primary providers of liquidity in our markets, while complying with all regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Act, that require us to provide impartial access to broader categories of market participants.

27

---

Table of Contents

        Broker-Dealers.    In brokering certain cash equities and corporate fixed income products, we face competition from traditional cash product broker-dealers that include large, medium and smaller sized financial service firms.

        Exchange and Exempt Commercial Markets.    In general, we do not compete directly with the major futures exchanges, such as CME, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Eurex and Euronext Liffe, and ICE. These exchanges allow participants to trade standardized futures and options contracts. These contracts, unlike the less commoditized OTC products that we focus on, typically contain more standardized terms, and are typically traded in contracts representing smaller notional amounts. Furthermore, the introduction of such standardized exchange-traded futures and options contracts has, in the past, generally been accompanied by continuing growth in the corresponding OTC derivatives markets. We often cross exchange-traded derivatives as OTC transactions or block futures trades and the trades are then either exchanged for exchange-traded instruments, such as a futures contract, or "given up" for clearing to one of the exchanges mentioned above or a third-party CCP or FCM.

        In a growing number of markets and products, however, our hybrid brokerage platforms are competing directly with the execution arms of those same exchanges. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, futures exchanges are authorized to execute swaps transactions, along with swap execution facilities. Accordingly, we expect that in the near future we will compete to be the primary execution venue for swaps transactions with several futures exchanges, as well as our existing wholesale broker competitors. Moreover, during 2013, as a result of the impact of the Dodd-Frank reform legislation, which made it more costly to trade swaps and other customized derivatives, derivatives exchanges led a general market move in the U.S. commodities markets toward the use of futures instead of OTC derivatives contracts. This migration to the use of futures contracts instead of swaps allowed participants to avoid new regulations that require companies with a certain level of trading volume to register as swaps dealers and that would have forced many of the swaps to be executed through swap execution facilities and cleared by central clearinghouses. We are actively serving the resulting markets that have developed as the new regulations are implemented. We continue to broker all the products that we have customarily brokered as swaps as block futures trades.

        Software, Analytics and Market Data.    Several large market data and information providers, such as Bloomberg and Reuters, compete for a presence on virtually every trading desk in our industry. Some of these entities currently offer varying forms of electronic trading of the types of financial instruments in which we specialize. In addition, these entities are currently competitors to, and in some cases customers of, our data and analytical services. Our Trayport subsidiary competes against several independent providers of advanced financial technology and high-end trading systems. Further, we face competition for certain sales of our data products from our inter-dealer, exchange and wholesale broker competitors and from data and technology vendors, such as Markit, a consortium of major financial institutions. In some cases, we have entered into collaborations or joint venture agreements with these other entities with regard to our software, analytics and market data services in order to create a more robust product, increase our distribution channels or, in some cases, white label products through our respective distribution channels.

        Overall, we believe that we may also face future competition from other large computer software companies, market data and technology companies and securities brokerage firms, some of which are currently our customers, as well as from any future strategic alliances, joint ventures or other partnerships created by one or more of our potential or existing competitors.

Regulation

        Certain of our subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of their business, are subject to extensive regulation by government and self-regulatory organizations both in the United States and abroad. As a matter of public policy, these regulatory bodies are responsible for safeguarding the integrity of the

28

---

Table of Contents

securities and other financial markets. These regulations are designed primarily to protect the interests of the investing public generally. They cannot be expected to protect or further the interests of our company or our stockholders and may have the effect of limiting or curtailing our activities, including activities that might be profitable.

        U.S. Regulation and Certain Clearing Arrangements.    In order to conduct certain of our securities related business in the U.S., GFI Securities LLC, one of our subsidiaries, is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, and the State of New York, and is regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. ("FINRA"). GFI Securities LLC is subject to regulations and industry standards of practice that cover many aspects of its business, including initial licensing requirements, sales and trading practices, safekeeping of customers' funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping, supervision and the conduct of affiliated persons, including directors, officers and employees. GFI Securities LLC also operates CreditMatch®, an electronic brokerage platform that is regulated pursuant to Regulation ATS under the Exchange Act. Additionally, GFI Securities LLC is registered as an introducing broker in order to conduct certain swaps businesses in the U.S.

        GFI Swaps Exchange LLC, one of our subsidiaries, is temporarily registered as a SEF by the CFTC. In our futures and commodities related activities, our subsidiaries are also subject to the rules of the CFTC, the futures exchanges of which they are members and the National Futures Association ("NFA"), a futures self-regulatory organization. Additionally, a number of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are registered as introducing brokers with the NFA and the CFTC. The NFA and CFTC require their members to fulfill certain obligations, including the filing of quarterly and annual financial reports. Failure to fulfill these obligations in a timely manner can result in disciplinary action against the firm. Certain of our subsidiaries also operate electronic brokerage platforms that are exempt from CFTC regulation either as an exempt board of trade (GFI ForexMatch® and FENICS®) or as an exempt commercial market (EnergyMatch®).

        The SEC, FINRA, CFTC, NFA and various other regulatory agencies within the United States have stringent rules and regulations with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by regulated entities. For registered broker-dealers in the U.S., capital is defined as its net worth plus qualified subordinated debt less deductions for certain types of assets. The Net Capital Rule under the Exchange Act requires that at least a minimum part of a broker-dealer's assets be maintained in a relatively liquid form. Additionally, our SEF is required to maintain capital as defined by the CFTC in an amount at least equal to one year of projected operating expenses including cash, liquid securities, or a line of credit at least equal to six months of projected operating expenses. Each of our foreign and domestic introducing brokers are subject to the net capital requirements of the CFTC and NFA. Under these rules, an introducing broker is required to maintain Adjusted Net Capital, as defined by the CFTC, equal to the greater of $45 thousand or for introducing brokers with less than $1 million in Adjusted Net Capital, $6 thousand per office or $3 thousand per Associated Person, as defined by the CFTC, whichever is greater.

        The SEC and FINRA impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria. These rules also dictate the ratio of debt to equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer, and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. If a firm fails to maintain the required net capital, it may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the applicable regulatory agency, and suspension or expulsion by these regulators could ultimately lead to the firm's liquidation. Additionally, the Net Capital Rule and certain FINRA rules impose requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to the SEC and FINRA for certain capital withdrawals.

        At December 31, 2014, GFI Securities LLC was, and currently is, in compliance with the net capital rules and had net capital in excess of the minimum requirements.

29

---

Table of Contents

        We maintain clearing arrangements with selected financial institutions in order to settle our principal transactions and maintain deposits with such institutions in support of those arrangements.

        Foreign Regulation and Certain Clearing Arrangements.    Our overseas businesses are also subject to extensive regulation by various foreign governments and regulatory bodies. These foreign regulations, particularly in the U.K., are broadly similar to that described above for our U.S. regulated subsidiaries.

        In the United Kingdom, the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") regulates GFI Securities Limited and certain of our other subsidiaries. These U.K. regulated subsidiaries are also subject to the European-wide Markets in Financial Instruments Directive ("MiFID"). Each of our subsidiaries subject to MiFID has taken the necessary steps in order to comply with these requirements.

        As with those U.S. subsidiaries subject to FINRA rules, the ability of our regulated U.K. subsidiaries to pay dividends or make capital distributions may be impaired due to applicable capital requirements. Our regulated U.K. subsidiaries are subject to "consolidated" prudential regulation, in addition to being subject to prudential regulation on a legal entity basis. Consolidated prudential regulation impacts the regulated entity and its parent holding companies in the U.K, including the regulated entity's ability to pay dividends or distribute capital. We are also subject to the European Union's Capital Requirements Directive ("CRD"). This directive requires us to have an "Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process" as set forth in the CRD, which puts the responsibility on firms subject to the directive to ensure they have adequate capital after considering their risks.

        Our regulated U.K. subsidiaries are also subject to regulations regarding changes in control similar to those described above for GFI Securities LLC. Under FCA rules, controllers must obtain prior approval for any transaction resulting in a change in control of a U.K. regulated entity. Control is broadly defined as a 10% interest in the regulated entity or its parent or otherwise exercising significant influence over the management of the regulated entity. As a result of these regulations, our future efforts to sell shares or raise additional capital may be delayed or prohibited by the FCA.

        GFI Securities Limited is a member of Euroclear for the purpose of clearing certain debt and equity transactions. This membership requires GFI Securities Limited to deposit collateral or provide a letter of credit to Euroclear so that Euroclear will extend a clearing line to GFI Securities Limited.

        The Kyte Group Limited and Kyte Broking Limited maintain execution and clearing relationships with Newedge Group, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, Societe Generale, International and Commercial Bank of China, BGC Brokers and Otkritie Securities in order to provide their clients with direct market access to a number of exchanges and multilateral trading facilities (MTFs). These arrangements require the deposit of collateral to facilitate market access and clearing.

        GFI Securities Limited's Dublin branch was established through the exercise of its passport right to open a branch within a European Economic Area ("EEA") state. The establishment of the branch was approved by the FCA and acknowledged by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority ("IFSRA") in Ireland. The branch is subject to all of the conduct of business rules of the Central Bank of Ireland (the successor entity to IFSRA) and is regulated, in part, by the FCA.

        In Paris, a branch of GFI Securities Limited was established through the exercise of its passport right to open a branch in a EEA state. The establishment of the branch was approved by the FCA and acknowledged by Banque de France in France. The branch is subject to the conduct of business rules of the Autorite Des Marches Financiers ("AMF") and is regulated, in part, by the FCA.

        GFI Securities Limited's Tel Aviv branch is registered as a foreign corporation in Israel and is conditionally exempt from the requirement to hold a Securities License in accordance with the Israeli Securities law. The branch is therefore not subject to any capital requirements.

        GFI Securities Limited's Dubai branch operates within the Dubai Financial International Centre and is authorized by the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA") to provide financial service

30

---

Table of Contents

activities. The branch is subject to the conduct of business rules of the DFSA and has been granted a waiver from prudential regulation by the DFSA.

        In Madrid, a branch of GFI Securities Limited was established through the exercise of its passport right to open a branch in a EEA state. The establishment of the branch was approved by the FCA and acknowledged by the Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores ("CNMV"). The branch is subject to the conduct of business rules of the CNMV and is regulated, in part, by the FCA.

        In Brussels, a branch of GFI Securities Limited was established through the exercise of its passport right to open a branch in a EEA state. The establishment of the branch was approved by the FCA and acknowledged by National Bank of Belgium ("NBB") in Belgium. The branch is subject to the conduct of business rules of the NBB and is regulated, in part, by the FCA.

        In Nyon, a branch of GFI Securities Limited was registered as GFI Securities Limited, Londres, Succursale de Nyon ("GFISB") with the commercial registry is Switzerland. The branch has been authorized by the Swiss Financial Markets Supervisory Authority ("FINMA") as a securities dealer. The branch is subject to the conduct of business rules of the FINMA and is not subject to its prudential regulation.

        In Hong Kong, the Securities and Futures Commission ("SFC") regulates our subsidiary, GFI (HK) Securities LLC, as a securities broker. The compliance requirements of the SFC include, among other things, net capital requirements (known as the Financial Resources Rule) and stockholders' equity requirements. The SFC regulates the activities of the officers, directors, employees and other persons affiliated with GFI (HK) Securities LLC and require the registration of such persons.

        GFI (HK) Brokers Ltd. is registered with and regulated by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority ("HKMA"). As part of this registration, GFI (HK) Brokers Ltd. is required to maintain a minimum level of stockholders' equity.

        In Singapore, GFI Group PTE Ltd is subject to the compliance requirements of the Monetary Authority of Singapore ("MAS"), which includes, among other things, a stockholders' equity requirement.

        In Sydney, our brokerage operations which were conducted through GFI Australia Pty. Ltd. which holds an Australian Financial Services License issued by the Australian Securities & Investments Commission ("ASIC").

        In Korea, GFI Korea Money Brokerage Limited is licensed and regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission to engage in foreign exchange brokerage business, and is subject to certain regulatory requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Act and regulations thereunder. As a licensed foreign exchange brokerage company, GFI Korea Money Brokerage Limited is required to maintain a minimum requirement of paid-in-capital.

        In Chile, GFI Brokers (Chile) Agentes De Valores SpA is licensed and regulated by the Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile. As part of its licensing requirements, GFI Brokers (Chile) is subject to a minimum capital requirement.

        In Colombia, GFI Exchange Colombia S.A. and GFI Securities Colombia S. A. are licensed and regulated by the Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia.

        In Argentina, GFI Securities S.A. is licensed and regulated by the Comisión Nacional de Valores.

        In Mexico, GFI Group Mexico S.A. de C.V. is licensed and regulated by the Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores.

        At December 31, 2014, all of our subsidiaries that are subject to foreign net capital rules were, and currently are, in compliance with those rules and have net capital in excess of the minimum

31

---

Table of Contents

requirements. We do not believe that we are currently subject to any foreign regulatory inquiries that, if decided adversely, would have any material adverse effect on us and our subsidiaries taken as a whole. As we expand our foreign businesses, we will also become subject to regulation by the governments and regulatory bodies in other countries. The compliance requirements of these different overseer bodies may include, but are not limited to, net capital or stockholders' equity requirements.

Working Capital

        For information regarding working capital items, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources" in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2014, we employed 1,984 employees. Of these employees, 1,025 are brokerage personnel (consisting of 881 brokers and 144 trainees and clerks), 361 are technology and telecommunications specialists and 144 comprise our sales, marketing and support professionals. Approximately 34% of our employees are based in the Americas, 51% are based in EMEA and the remaining 15% are based in Asia-Pacific. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our relationships with our employees to be strong and have not experienced any interruption of operations due to labor disagreements.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business and Competitive Environments.

Economic, political and market factors beyond our control could reduce trading volumes, securities and commodities prices and demand for our brokerage and clearing services, which could harm our business and our profitability.

        Difficult market conditions, economic conditions and geopolitical uncertainties have in the past adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect our business and profitability. Our business and the brokerage and financial services industry in general are directly affected by national and international economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance, the level and volatility of interest rates, substantial fluctuations in the volume and price levels of securities, commodities and financial transactions and changes in and uncertainty regarding tax and other laws. In each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, over 70% of our revenues were generated by our brokerage operations. As a result, our revenues and profitability are likely to decline significantly during periods of low trading volume in the financial markets in which we offer our services. The financial markets and the global financial services business are, by their nature, risky and volatile and are directly affected by many national and international factors that are beyond our control. Any one of the following factors, among others, may cause a substantial decline in the United States and global financial markets in which we offer our services, resulting in reduced trading volumes. These factors include:

•

economic and political conditions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere in the world;



•

concerns over inflation and wavering institutional and consumer confidence levels;



•

the availability of cash for investment by our customers and their clients;



•

concerns over the credit default or bankruptcy of one or more sovereign nations or corporate entities;



•

the level and volatility of interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates;

32

---

Table of Contents

•

the level and volatility of trading in certain equity and commodity markets;



•

the level and volatility of the difference between the yields on corporate securities being traded and those on related benchmark securities (which difference we refer to as credit spreads); and



•

concerns about terrorism and war;

        Declines in the volume of trading in the markets in which we operate generally result in lower revenue from our brokerage and clearing businesses. In addition, although less common, some of our brokerage revenues are determined on the basis of the value of transactions or on credit spreads. Therefore, declines in the value of instruments traded in certain market sectors or the tightening of credit spreads could result in lower revenue for our brokerage business. Our profitability is adversely affected by a decline in revenue because a portion of our costs are fixed. For these reasons, decreases in trading volume or declining prices or credit spreads are likely to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because competition for the services of highly qualified and skilled brokers is intense, we may not be able to attract and retain the brokers we need to support our business or we may be required to incur additional expenses to do so.

        We strive to provide high-quality brokerage services that allow us to establish and maintain long-term relationships with our customers. Our ability to continue to provide these services and maintain these relationships depends, in large part, upon our brokers. As a result, we must attract and retain highly qualified brokerage personnel. Competition for the services of brokers is intense, especially for brokers with extensive experience in the specialized markets in which we participate or may seek to enter. If we are unable to hire highly qualified brokers, we may not be able to enter new brokerage markets or develop new products. If we lose one or more of our brokers in a particular market in which we participate, our revenues may decrease and we may lose market share in that particular market.

        We may not be successful in our efforts to recruit and retain highly qualified and skilled brokerage personnel. If we fail to attract new personnel or to retain and motivate our current personnel, or if we incur increased costs associated with attracting and retaining personnel (such as sign-on or guaranteed bonuses to attract new personnel or retain existing personnel), our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

        In addition, recruitment and retention of qualified staff could result in substantial additional costs. We pursue our rights through litigation when competitors hire our employees who are under contract with us. We are currently involved in legal proceedings with our competitors relating to the recruitment of employees. An adverse settlement or judgment related to these or similar types of claims could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of the outcome of these claims, we generally incur significant expense and management time dealing with these claims.

We operate in a rapidly evolving business and technological environment and we must adapt our business and keep up with technological innovation in order to compete effectively.

        The pace of change in our industry is extremely rapid. Operating in such a fast paced business environment involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to succeed and compete effectively will depend on our ability to adapt effectively to these changing market conditions and to keep up with technological innovation.

        To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality, accessibility and other features of our hybrid brokerage systems, network distribution systems and other technologies and functionalities. The financial services industry is characterized by rapid technological change, changes in use and client requirements and preferences, frequent product and service

33

---

Table of Contents

introductions employing new technologies and the emergence of new and complex regulatory requirements, industry standards and practices that could render our existing practices, technology and systems obsolete. In more liquid markets, development by our competitors of new electronic or hybrid trade execution, STP, affirmation, confirmation or clearing functionalities or products that gain acceptance in the market could give those competitors a "first mover" advantage that may be difficult for us to overcome. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to:

•

develop, test and implement hybrid or electronic brokerage systems that meet regulatory and customer requirements, are desired and adopted by our customers and/or increase the productivity of our brokers;



•

enhance our existing services;



•

develop or acquire new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our existing and prospective customers; and



•

respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis.

        The development of proprietary brokerage systems and other technology to support our business entails significant technological, financial and business risks. Changes in existing laws and regulations, including those being proposed and implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act, may require us to develop and maintain new brokerage systems, services or functionalities in order to meet the standards set forth in such regulations or as may be required by regulators, such as the CFTC or SEC. Further, the adoption of new Internet, networking or telecommunications technologies may require us to devote substantial resources to modify, adapt and defend our services. We may not successfully implement new technologies or adapt our hybrid brokerage systems and transaction-processing systems to meet our clients' requirements or emerging regulatory or industry standards.

        We may not be able to respond in a timely manner to changing market conditions or client requirements or successfully defend any challenges to any technology we develop. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demand for new services, functionalities, products and technologies on a timely and cost-effective basis, and to adapt to technological advancements and changing standards, we may be unable to compete effectively, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We face substantial competition that could negatively impact our market share and our profitability.

        The financial services industry generally, and the wholesale and inter-dealer brokerage businesses in which we are engaged in particular, is very competitive, and we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. Our current and prospective competitors include:

•

other large inter-dealer brokerage firms;



•

small brokerage firms that focus on specific products or regional markets;



•

securities, futures and derivatives exchanges, swap execution facilities and electronic communications networks;



•

in certain equity and corporate fixed income markets, traditional cash product broker-dealers, including large, medium and smaller sized financial service firms;



•

other providers of data and analytics products, including those that offer varying forms of electronic trading of the types of financial instruments in which we specialize.

        Some of our competitors offer a wider range of services, have broader name recognition, have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have and have larger client bases

34

---

Table of Contents

than we do. Some of them may be able to respond more quickly to new or evolving opportunities, technologies and client requirements than we can, and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing activities. Our competitors often seek to hire our brokers, which could result in a loss of brokers by us or in increased costs to retain our brokers. In addition to the competitors described above, our large institutional clients may increase the amount of trading they do directly with each other rather than through us, or they may decrease their trading of certain OTC products in favor of exchange-traded products, such as futures contracts. In either case, our revenues could be adversely affected. If we are not able to compete successfully in the future, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

        We have experienced intense price competition in our brokerage business and clearing services in recent years. Some competitors may offer brokerage or clearing services to clients at lower prices than we are offering, which may force us to reduce our prices or to lose market share and revenue. In addition, as the historical markets for OTC products shift to become more commoditized due, in part, to central clearing, electronic execution and the impartial access provided by SEFs and Designated Contract Markets, we could lose market share to other inter-dealer brokers, exchanges and electronic multi-dealer brokers who specialize in providing brokerage services in more commoditized markets or who have a broader customer base.

        We increasingly compete with exchanges for the execution of trades in certain products. If a financial instrument for which we provide brokerage services becomes listed on an exchange or if an exchange introduces a competing product to the products we broker in the OTC market, the need for our services in relation to that instrument could be significantly reduced and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        For example, during 2012, derivatives exchanges and other market participants began migrating toward alternatives to swaps that are more widely used, such as futures contracts, and there was a general market move in the U.S. commodities markets towards futures contracts instead of OTC swaps. If this trend were to continue or become more broadly accepted, the need for our services could be reduced and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The migration of OTC swaps to exchange-traded markets may impact volumes, liquidity and demand for our services in certain markets.

        New regulation in the United States and abroad, including the Dodd-Frank Act, has resulted in a convergence of the traditional OTC market and the exchange traded futures market, as certain OTC products are required to and become centrally cleared and traded via an exchange or SEF. As the convergence of the OTC and exchange traded markets continues, the resulting OTC or SEF market for these products may be less robust, there may be less volume and liquidity in these markets and there may be less demand for our services. In those cases where an OTC swaps market migrates to an exchange traded futures market, such as what occurred during 2012 in many U.S. commodities markets, our ability to continue to provide brokerage services for the resultant futures markets will be subject to the block-trade and other rules of the applicable exchanges. If a significant number of the OTC swaps markets in which we provide brokerage services transition to an exchange traded futures market or if the block-trade and other rules of the applicable exchanges are too restrictive, our business could be significantly reduced and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Consolidation and layoffs in the banking and financial services industries could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In recent years, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the banking and financial services industries. Continued consolidation or significant layoffs in the financial

35

---

Table of Contents

services industry could result in a decrease in the number of traders for whom we are able to provide brokerage services, which may reduce our trading volumes. In addition, continued consolidation could lead to the exertion of additional pricing pressure by our customers and our competitors, impacting the commissions we generate from our brokerage services. Following the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in the United States, many banks have reduced, spun off or are in the process of spinning off their proprietary trading operations due to the increased regulations, costs and uncertainty involved with such operations. It is not yet clear what affect this will have on our transaction volumes, revenues and business or whether we will be able to successfully compete for the business of any new entities created as a result of these spinoffs.

        Further, the recent consolidation among regulated exchanges, and expansion by these firms into derivative and other non-equity trading markets, will increase competition for customer trades and place additional pricing pressure on commissions and spreads. These developments have increased competition from firms with potentially greater access to capital resources than us. Finally, consolidation among our competitors other than exchange firms could result in increased resources and product or service offerings for our competitors. If we are not able to compete successfully in the future, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities, our ability to maintain and grow our business may be adversely affected.

        When a new intermediary enters our markets or the markets become more liquid, the resulting competition or increased liquidity may lead to lower commissions. This may result in a decrease in revenue in a particular market even if the volume of trades we handle in that market has increased. As a result, we seek to broker more trades and increase market share in existing markets and to seek out new markets in which we can charge higher commissions. Pursuing this strategy requires significant management attention and broker expense. We may not be able to attract new clients or successfully enter new markets. If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis, our revenues may decline, which would adversely affect our profitability.

Financial or other problems experienced by our clients or third parties could affect the markets in which we provide brokerage services. In addition, any disruption in the key derivatives markets in which we provide services could affect our brokerage revenues.

        Problems experienced by third parties could also affect the markets in which we provide brokerage services. In recent years, an increasing number of financial institutions have reported losses or significant exposures tied to write-downs of mortgage and asset backed securities, government securities, structured credit products and other derivative instruments and investments. As a result, there is an increased risk that one of our clients, counterparties, third-party clearing firms or reference entities whose securities we broker could fail, shut down, file for bankruptcy or be unable to satisfy their obligations under certain derivative contracts. The failure of a significant number of counterparties or a counterparty that holds a significant amount of derivatives exposure, or which has significant financial exposure to, or reliance on, the mortgage, asset backed, sovereign debt or related markets, could have a material adverse effect on the trading volume and liquidity in a particular market for which we provide brokerage services or on the broader financial markets. The occurrence of any of these events or failures by our customers, clearing firms or reference entities could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in recent years, a significant percentage of our business, directly or indirectly, results from trading activity by hedge funds. Hedge funds typically employ a significant amount of leverage to achieve their results and, in the past, certain hedge funds have had difficulty managing this leverage, which has resulted in market-wide disruptions. During the economic turmoil of the last few years, many hedge funds have significantly decreased their leverage or have gone out of business. If this deleveraging continues or one or more hedge funds that was a

36

---

Table of Contents

significant participant in a derivatives market experiences problems in the future, that derivatives market could be adversely affected and, accordingly, our brokerage revenues in that market will likely decrease.

Our brokerage, clearing and execution business exposes us to certain client and counterparty credit risks.

        We generally provide brokerage services to our clients in the form of either agency or matched principal transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the company derived brokerage revenues of $454.6 million from transactions executed on an agency basis versus $180.3 from transactions executed on a principal basis. In agency transactions, we charge a commission for connecting buyers and sellers and assisting in the negotiation of the price and other material terms of the transaction. After all of the material terms of a transaction are agreed upon, we identify the buyer and seller to each other and leave them to settle the trade directly. We are exposed to credit risk for commissions we bill to clients for our agency brokerage services. In executing matched principal transactions, we are exposed to the risk that one of the counterparties to a transaction may fail to fulfill its obligations, as described in further detail in the Risk Factor captioned "The securities settlement process exposes us to risks that may impact our liquidity and profitability. In addition, liability for unmatched principal trades could adversely affect our results of operations and statement of financial condition." Our clients may default on their obligations to us arising from either agency or principal transactions due to disputes, bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Any losses arising from such defaults could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        We also have credit and counterparty risk in certain situations where we provide clearing and execution services. We provide agency clearing services through our relationships with general clearing member firms and/or exchanges. In these instances, our accounts at such institutions are used, in our name, to provide access to clearing services for our customers. Credit risk arises from the possibility that we may suffer losses due to the failure of our customers or other counterparties to satisfy their financial obligations to us or in a timely manner. We may be materially and adversely affected in the event of a significant default by our customers or counterparties. Credit risks we face include, among others:

•

exposure to a customer's inability or unwillingness to meet obligations, including when adverse market movements result in a trading loss and the customer's posted margin is insufficient to satisfy the deficit. Such margin deficiencies may be caused by a failure to monitor client positions and accurately evaluate risk exposures, which may lead to our failure to require clients to post adequate initial margin or to increase variation margin, as necessary, to keep pace with market movements and subsequent account deficits;



•

exposure to counterparties with whom we place funds, including those of our customers, such as when we post margin with exchanges and clearing members;



•

exposure to counterparties with whom we trade; and



•

market risk exposure due to delayed or failed settlement, which, if not corrected, could become our responsibility as an agency clearing broker. In addition, we have market risk exposure on matched and unmatched principal transactions until offsetting trades are executed and settled.

        Customers and counterparties that owe us money or securities may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Our reputation may be damaged if we are associated with a customer or counterparty that defaults, even if we do not have any direct losses from such an event. For further detail see the Risk Factor captioned "The securities settlement process exposes us to risks that may impact our liquidity and profitability. In addition, liability for unmatched principal trades could adversely affect our results of operations and statement of financial condition."

37

---

Table of Contents

        We have adopted policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage our credit risk, in both agency and principal transactions, through reporting and control procedures and by monitoring credit standards applicable to our clients. These policies and procedures, however, may not be fully effective. Some of our risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible by us. That information may not, in all cases, be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. If our policies and procedures are not fully effective or we are not always successful in monitoring or evaluating the credit risks to which we are, or may, be exposed, our financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, our insurance policies are unlikely to provide coverage for these risks.

        In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect us. We may also be adversely affected if settlement, clearing or payment systems become unavailable, fail or are subject to systemic delays for any reason outside our control.

In certain instances, we may extend credit to our clearing customers for margin requirements, which subjects us to credit risks, and if we are unable to liquidate a customer's position if the margin collateral becomes insufficient, we may suffer a loss.

        In certain instances, we may provide credit for margin requirements to customers; therefore, we are subject to risks inherent in extending credit. Our credit risks include the risk that the value of the collateral we hold could fall below the amount of a customer's indebtedness. This risk can be amplified in any situation where the market for the underlying instrument is rapidly declining. Agreements with customers that have margin accounts permit us to liquidate their positions in the event that the amount of margin collateral becomes insufficient. Despite those agreements and our risk management policies with respect to margin, we may be unable to liquidate the customers' positions for various reasons, or at a price sufficient to cover any deficiency in a customer's account. If we were unable to liquidate a position at a price sufficient to cover any deficiency or if a customer was unable to post additional margin, we could suffer a loss.

Certain of our clearing customers may choose to obtain a direct relationship with a clearing member, an exchange or a clearinghouse as their operations grow, in which case, we would lose the revenues generated by such customers.

        We market our clearing services to our existing customers on the strength of our relationship with certain clearing members and exchanges and on our ability to perform related back-office functions at a lower cost than the customers could perform these functions themselves. As our customers' operations grow, they may consider the option of obtaining a direct relationship with a clearing member, clearinghouse or exchange themselves in an effort to save costs. If our customers choose to obtain their clearing services directly from a clearing member or through other means, we would lose their revenue and our business could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Operations.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and we may face restrictions with respect to the way we conduct certain of our operations.

        Our business is subject to increasingly extensive governmental and other regulations and our relationships with our clients may subject us to increasing regulatory scrutiny. These regulations are designed to protect public interests generally rather than our stockholders. The SEC, FINRA, CFTC and other agencies extensively regulate the United States financial services industry, including much of our operations in the United States. Some of our international operations are subject to similar regulations in their respective jurisdictions, including regulations overseen by the FCA in the United

38

---

Table of Contents

Kingdom, the AMF in France, the SFC and HKMA in Hong Kong, the MAS in Singapore, the Bank of Korea in Korea and the SVS in Chile. These regulatory bodies are responsible for safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and protecting the interests of investors in those markets. Most aspects of our business are subject to extensive regulation, including:

•

the way we deal with clients;



•

capital requirements;



•

financial and reporting practices;



•

required recordkeeping and record retention procedures;



•

the licensing of employees;



•

the conduct of directors, officers, employees and affiliates;



•

systems and control requirements;



•

restrictions on marketing, gifts and entertainment; and



•

client identification and anti-money laundering requirements.

        If we fail to comply with any of these laws, rules or regulations, we may be subject to censure, fines, cease-and-desist orders, suspension of business, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of our registrations with FINRA, withdrawal of our authorizations from the FCA or revocation of our registrations with other similar international agencies to whose regulation we are subject. For example, several of GFI Securities LLC's equity and corporate bond brokerage desks have experienced issues relating to reporting trades to FINRA on a timely basis, which is required by FINRA rules. This subsidiary has also paid fines for trade reporting in recent years and is currently being reviewed by FINRA for similar issues relating to trade reporting. For more details on recent disciplinary proceedings, see "Item 3—Legal Proceedings."

        Our authority to operate as a broker in a jurisdiction is dependent on continued registration or authorization in that jurisdiction or the maintenance of a proper exemption from such registration or authorization. Our ability to comply with all applicable laws and rules is largely dependent on our compliance, credit approval, audit and reporting systems and procedures, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance, credit approval, audit and risk management personnel. Our systems and procedures may not be sufficiently effective to prevent a violation of all applicable rules and regulations. In addition, the growth and expansion of our business may create additional strain on our compliance systems and procedures and has resulted, and we expect will continue to result, in increased costs to maintain and improve these systems.

        In addition, because our industry is heavily regulated, regulatory approval may be required in order to continue or expand our business activities and we may not be able to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals. Even if approvals are obtained, they may impose restrictions on our business or we may not be able to continue to comply with the terms of the approvals or applicable regulations. The implementation of unfavorable regulations or unfavorable interpretations of existing regulations by courts or regulatory bodies could require us to incur significant compliance costs or cause the development or continuation of business activities in affected markets to become impractical. For a further description of the regulations which may limit our activities, see "Item 1—Business—Regulation."

        Some of our subsidiaries are subject to regulations regarding changes in control of their ownership. These regulations generally provide that regulatory approval must be obtained in connection with any transaction resulting in a change in control of the subsidiary, which may include changes in control of GFI Group Inc. As a result of these regulations, our future efforts to sell shares or raise additional

39

---

Table of Contents

capital may be delayed or prohibited in circumstances in which such a transaction would give rise to a change in control as defined by the applicable regulatory body.

Broad changes in laws or regulations or in the application of such laws and regulations may have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

        The financial services industry, in general, is heavily regulated. Proposals for legislation further regulating the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the United States Congress, in state legislatures and by foreign governments. The government agencies that regulate us continuously review legislative and regulatory initiatives and may adopt new or revised laws and regulations and have broad powers to investigate and enforce compliance and punish noncompliance with their rules, regulations and industry standards of practice. In light of recent conditions in the global financial markets and economy, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. We are unable to predict which of these initiatives will be implemented or in what form, or whether any additional or similar changes to statutes or regulations, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, will occur in the future. Any such action could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We are also affected by the policies adopted by the Federal Reserve and international central banking authorities, which may directly impact our cost of funds for capital raising and investment activities and may impact the value of financial instruments we hold. In addition, such changes in monetary policy may affect the credit quality of our customers or increase the cost for our customers to trade the products for which we provide brokerage services. Changes in domestic and international monetary policy are beyond our control and are difficult to predict.

        Additionally, there has been increased regulation in the U.S. and Europe requiring more transparency in the OTC markets. The Dodd-Frank Act was passed in the United States in July 2010 and regulators in Europe have enacted similar legislation. For a detailed description of the Dodd-Frank Act, see the Risk Factor captioned "Failure to qualify as a SEF could significantly impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we qualify as a SEF, we will incur significant additional costs, our revenues may be lower than in the past and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected."

        The EMIR reporting requirements commenced from February 12, 2014. EMIR requires that the details of new, modified or terminated OTC derivatives contracts be reported to a registered trade repository and that standard OTC derivative contracts be cleared through central counterparties ("CCPs"). Counterparties are also required to comply with certain risk mitigation requirements (e.g. timely confirmations, daily mark to market, portfolio compression and reconciliation and dispute resolution).

        It is difficult to predict the effect these new laws and regulations will have on our business, but they may have an adverse effect on our operations or our ability to maintain our position as a provider of execution and brokerage services for many of the OTC products for which we have traditionally acted as an intermediary.

Failure to continue to qualify as a SEF could significantly impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we qualify as a SEF, we will incur significant additional costs, our revenues may be lower than in the past and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

        The Dodd-Frank Act created a new type of regulated entity known as a SEF and mandated that certain cleared swaps (subject to an exemption from the clearing requirement) trade on either an exchange or SEF. The list of swaps that will be required to be cleared and therefore executed through a SEF encompasses a vast number of swaps that have been traditionally executed OTC by wholesale

40

---

Table of Contents

brokers such as ourselves. Certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, while other portions will be effective only following rulemaking by the CFTC and SEC and an extended transition period. GFI Swaps Exchange LLC, one of our subsidiaries, was temporarily registered as a SEF with the CFTC in September 2013. Subject to final rulemaking by the SEC, we also expect to establish and operate a security-based SEF.

        The CFTC and SEC have each issued proposed rules, some of which are now final, relating to the requirements for registering and operating as a SEF. However, certain of these rules are not yet final and are still subject to revision and therefore, the impact of the rules is not able to be predicted. The rules relating to SEFs require, among other things, that an entity would have to comply with certain core principles to maintain registration as a SEF. These principles generally relate to trading and product requirements, compliance and audit-trail obligations, governance and disciplinary requirements, operational capabilities, surveillance obligations and financial information and resource requirements. In addition, SEFs will be required to maintain certain trading systems that meet the minimum functionality requirements set by the CFTC and SEC for trading in certain OTC derivatives that are required to be cleared.

        While there continues to be uncertainty about the exact impact of these changes, we do know that the Company will be subject to a more complex regulatory framework going forward, and that there will be significant costs to prepare for and to comply with these ongoing regulatory requirements. We will incur increased legal fees, personnel expenses and other costs, as we work to analyze and implement the necessary legal structure for registration. There will also be significant costs related to the development, operation and enhancement of our technology relating to trade execution, trade reporting, surveillance, compliance and back-up and disaster recovery plans designed to meet the requirements of the regulators.

        In addition, it is not clear at this point what the impact of these rules and regulations will be on the markets in which we currently provide our services. During the continued implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and related rules, the markets for cleared and non-cleared swaps may continue to be less robust, there may be less volume and liquidity in these markets and there may be less demand for our services. There may also be a preference of market participants to trade certain swaps on an exchange, rather than a SEF, or to trade standardized derivatives, such as futures, in lieu of swaps.

        Certain banks and other institutions will be limited in their conduct of proprietary trading and will be further limited or prohibited from trading in certain derivatives. The new rules, including the restrictions on the trading activities for certain banks and large institutions, could materially impact transaction volumes and liquidity in these markets and our revenues, financial condition and business would be adversely impacted as a result.

        If we fail to continue to qualify as a SEF under any of these proposed rules, we will be unable to maintain our position as a provider of execution and brokerage services in the markets for many of the OTC products for which we have traditionally acted as an intermediary. This would have a broad impact on our business and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our regulated subsidiaries are subject to risks associated with net capital requirements, and we may not be able to engage in operations that require significant capital.

        Many aspects of our business are subject to significant capital requirements. The SEC, CFTC, FINRA, FCA, NFA and various other domestic and international regulatory agencies have stringent rules and regulations with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by regulated entities

41

---

Table of Contents

        Generally, net capital is defined as its net worth plus qualified subordinated debt less deductions for certain types of assets. While we expect to continue to maintain levels of capital in excess of regulatory minimums, there can be no assurance that this will be the case in the future. If we fail to maintain the required capital levels, we may be required to suspend our regulated operations during any period in which we are not in compliance with capital requirements, and may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the applicable regulator or withdrawal of authorization or other disciplinary action from domestic and international regulators, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. If these net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if there is an unusually large charge against net capital, operations that require the intensive use of capital would be limited. Also, our ability to withdraw capital from our regulated subsidiaries is subject to restrictions, which in turn could limit our ability to pay dividends, repay debt or purchase shares of our common stock. A large operating loss or charge against net capital could adversely affect our ability to expand or even maintain our present levels of business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we may become subject to net capital requirements in other foreign jurisdictions in which we currently operate or which we may enter.

        In addition, we are required to maintain capital with our clearing firms, prime brokers and futures commission merchants and at clearing organizations of which we are a member. The amount of capital to be maintained is dependent on a number of factors, including the rules established by the clearing organization, the types of products to be cleared and the volume and size of positions to be cleared. If we fail to maintain the capital required by these clearing organizations and firms, our ability to clear through these clearing organizations and firms may be impaired, which may adversely affect our ability to process trades.

        We cannot predict our future capital needs or our ability to obtain additional financing. For a further discussion of our net capital requirements, see "Item 1—Business—Regulation" and Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our risk management policies might not be effective, which could harm our business.

        To manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and control our exposure to financial, market, credit, legal, reputational and operational risks. For a description of our risk management approach, see "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk." This risk management function requires, among other things, that we properly record and verify many thousands of transactions and events each day, and that we continuously monitor and evaluate the size and nature of our or our clients' positions and the associated risks. In light of the high volume of transactions, it is impossible for us to review and assess every single transaction or to monitor at every moment in time our or our customers' positions and the associated risks.

        We must rely upon our analysis of information regarding markets, personnel, clients or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. That information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly analyzed. Furthermore, we rely on a combination of technical and human controls and supervision that are subject to error and potential failure, the challenges of which are exacerbated by the 24-hour-a-day, global nature of our business.

        Our risk-management methods are based on internally developed controls, observed historical market behavior and what we believe to be industry practices. However, our methods may not adequately prevent future losses, particularly as they may relate to extreme market movements or events for which little or no historical precedent exists or our risk management efforts may be insufficient. Thus, our risk-management methods may prove to be ineffective because of their design, their implementation or the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information. Our risk management methods may also fail to identify a risk or understand a risk that might result in losses. If our

42

---

Table of Contents

risk-management policies and efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. Additionally, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our clients, and sanctions or fines from regulators.

The securities settlement process exposes us to risks that may impact our liquidity and profitability. In addition, liability for unmatched principal trades could adversely affect our results of operations and statement of financial condition.

        Through our subsidiaries, we provide brokerage services by executing transactions for our clients. A significant number of these transactions are "matched principal transactions" in which we act as a "middleman" by serving as a counterparty to both a buyer and a seller in matching reciprocal back-to-back trades. These transactions, which generally involve cash equities and bonds, are then settled through clearing institutions with which we have a contractual relationship.

        In executing matched principal transactions, we are exposed to the risk that one of the counterparties to a transaction may fail to fulfill its obligations, either because it is not matched immediately or, even if matched, one party fails to deliver the cash or securities it is obligated to deliver. Our focus on less commoditized markets exacerbates this risk for us because transactions in these markets tend to be more likely not to settle on a timely basis. Adverse movements in the prices of securities that are the subject of these transactions can increase our risk. In addition, widespread technological or communication failures, as well as actual or perceived credit difficulties or the insolvency of one or more large or visible market participants, could cause market-wide credit difficulties or other market disruptions. These failures, difficulties or disruptions could result in a large number of market participants not settling transactions or otherwise not performing their obligations.

        We are subject to financing risk in these circumstances because if a transaction does not settle on a timely basis, the resulting unmatched position may need to be financed, either directly by us or through one of our clearing organizations at our expense. These charges may be recoverable from the failing counterparty, but sometimes are not. Finally, in instances where the unmatched position or failure to deliver is prolonged or widespread due to rapid or widespread declines in liquidity for an instrument, there may also be regulatory capital charges required to be taken by us, which depending on their size and duration, could limit our business flexibility or even force the curtailment of those portions of our business requiring higher levels of capital.

        In the process of executing matched principal transactions, miscommunications and other errors by our clients or us can arise whereby a transaction is not completed with one or more counterparties to the transaction, leaving us with either a long or short unmatched position. These unmatched positions are referred to as "out trades," and they create a potential liability for our subsidiary involved in the trade. If an out trade is promptly discovered and there is a prompt disposition of the unmatched position, the risk to us is usually limited. If the discovery of an out trade is delayed, the risk is heightened by the increased possibility of intervening market movements prior to disposition. Although out trades usually become known at the time of, or later on the day of, the trade, it is possible that they may not be discovered until later in the settlement process. When out trades are discovered, our policy is generally to have the unmatched position disposed of promptly (usually on the same day and generally within three days), whether or not this disposition would result in a loss to us. The occurrence of out trades generally rises with increases in the volatility of the market and, depending on their number and amount, such out trades have the potential to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the use of our electronic brokerage platforms for products that we broker on a matched principal basis, such as CreditMatch®, can present these risks because of the potential for erroneous entries by our clients or brokers coupled with the potential that such errors will not be discovered promptly.

43

---

Table of Contents

We are exposed to market risk from principal transactions entered into by some of our desks.

        We generally execute orders on a matched principal basis by entering into one side of a customer trade and entering into an offsetting trade with another party relatively quickly (often within minutes and generally on the same trading day). However, we may take unmatched positions for our own account primarily to facilitate the execution of existing customer orders. While we seek to minimize our exposure to market risk by entering into offsetting trades or a hedging transaction relatively quickly (often within minutes and generally on the same trading day), we may not always enter into an offsetting trade on the same trading day and any hedging transaction we may enter into may not fully offset our exposure. Therefore, although any unmatched positions are intended to be held short term, we may not entirely offset market risk and may be exposed to market risk for several days or more or to a partial extent or both. Our exposure varies based on the size of the overall positions, the terms and liquidity of the instruments brokered, and the amount of time the positions are held before we dispose of the position.

        Although the significant majority of our principal trading is done on a "matched principal" basis, we have authorized a limited number of our desks to enter into principal investing transactions in which we commit our capital within predefined limits, either to facilitate customer trading activities or to engage in principal trading for our own account. These principal positions may ultimately be matched against a customer order or through a market intermediary, either in the short term (such as the same trading day) or we may hold these positions for several days or more. The number and size of these transactions may affect our results of operations in a given period and we may also incur losses from these trading activities due to market fluctuations and volatility from quarter to quarter. To the extent that we have long positions in any of those markets, a downturn in the value of those positions could result in losses from a decline in the value of those long positions. Conversely, to the extent that we have sold assets we do not own (i.e., have short positions) in any of those markets, an upturn in those markets could expose us to significant losses as we attempt to cover our short positions by acquiring assets in a rising market. In addition, in the event that one of our desks enters into principal transactions that exceed their authorized limit and we are unable to dispose of the position promptly, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results.

        Due to the factors described above, including the nature of the position and access to the market on which it trades, we may not be able to match a position or effectively hedge our exposure and often may hold a position overnight or longer that has not been hedged. To the extent these principal positions are not disposed of intra-day, we mark these positions to market. Adverse movements in the securities underlying these positions or a downturn or disruption in the markets for these positions could result in a substantial loss. In addition, any principal gains and losses resulting from these positions could on occasion have a disproportionate positive or negative effect, on our financial condition and results of operations for any particular reporting period.

We have equity investments or profit sharing interests in entities whose primary business is proprietary trading. These investments could expose us to losses that would adversely affect our net income and the value of our assets.

        We have equity investments or profit sharing interests in entities whose primary business is proprietary trading. The accounting treatment applied for these investments varies depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our percentage ownership or profit share and whether we have any influence or control over the relevant entity. Under certain accounting standards, any losses experienced by these entities on their investment activities would adversely impact our net income and the value of these assets. In addition, if these entities were to fail and cease operations, we could lose the entire value of our investment and the stream of any shared profits from trading.

44

---

Table of Contents

Our investments in expanding our brokerage and clearing services, hybrid brokerage systems and market data and software businesses may not produce substantial revenue or profit.

        We have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in our brokerage, clearing, market data and software services, including investments in personnel, technology and infrastructure, in order to pursue new growth opportunities. With respect to our brokerage services and hybrid brokerage systems, we may not receive significant revenue and profit from the development of a new brokerage desk or hybrid brokerage system or the revenue we do receive may not be sufficient to cover the start-up costs of the new desk or the substantial development expenses associated with creating a new hybrid brokerage system. Even when our personnel hires and systems are ultimately successful, there is typically a transition period before these hires or systems become profitable or increase productivity. In some instances, our clients may determine that they do not need or prefer a hybrid brokerage system and the period before the system is successfully developed, introduced and adopted may extend over many months or years. The successful introduction of hybrid brokerage systems in one market or country does not ensure that the same system will be used or favored by clients in similar markets or other countries. Our continued expansion of brokerage personnel and systems to support new growth opportunities results in ongoing transition periods that could adversely affect the levels of our compensation and expense as a percentage of brokerage revenue.

        With respect to our investment in clearing, settlement and back-office services, we may not produce significant revenues or profits. In addition, any revenues we do receive may not be sufficient to cover our invested capital or start-up costs. With respect to these services, we may incur significant costs developing and maintaining systems for back-office, risk management and exchange and clearing connections with relevant exchanges and clearing firms. In addition, this business may involve significant management effort to expand. If we are unable to generate sufficient revenue to cover the fixed costs associated with this business, our financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

        With respect to our market data and software businesses, which includes our Trayport and FENICS operations, we may incur substantial development, sales and marketing expenses and expend significant management effort to create a new product or service. Even after incurring these costs, we ultimately may not sell any or sell only small amounts of these products or services. Consequently, if revenue does not increase in a timely fashion as a result of these expansion and development initiatives, the up-front costs associated with them may exceed the related revenue and reduce our working capital and income.

If we are unable to manage the risks of international operations effectively, our business could be adversely affected.

        We provide services and products to clients globally through offices in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, South America and Asia and we may seek to further expand our operations in the future. On a geographic basis, approximately 63%, 27% and 10% of our total revenues for the each of the years ended December 31, 2014, were generated by our operations in EMEA, the Americas, which include operations in South America, and Asia-Pacific, respectively. On a geographic basis, approximately 61%, 30% and 9% of our total revenues for the each of the years ended December 31, 2013, were generated by our operations in EMEA, the Americas, which include operations in South America, and Asia-Pacific, respectively. There are certain additional risks inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the regulated brokerage industry. These risks include:

•

additional regulatory requirements;



•

difficulties in recruiting and retaining personnel and managing the international operations;



•

potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs and other trade barriers;

45

---

Table of Contents

•

adverse labor laws; and



•

reduced protection for intellectual property rights.

        Our international operations also expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. For example, a substantial portion of our revenue from our London office, our largest international office, is received in Euros and U.S. Dollars, whereas many of our expenses from our London operations are payable in British Pounds. Our risk management strategies relating to exchange rates may not prevent us from suffering losses that would adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

        Our international operations are also subject to the political, legal and economic risks associated with politically unstable and less developed regions of the world, including the risk of war and other international conflicts and actions by governmental authorities, insurgent groups, terrorists and others. In addition, we are required to comply with the laws and regulations of foreign governmental and regulatory authorities of each country in which we conduct business. These may include laws, rules and regulations, including registration requirements. For example, in Europe, the European Commission published a formal proposal for the regulation of OTC derivatives, central clearing parties and trade repositories in September 2010, which is referred to as the EMIR. The proposed rules were issued in September of 2012 and became operational in the first quarter of 2014. Our compliance with these laws and regulations may be difficult and time consuming and may require significant expenditures and personnel requirements, and our failure to be in compliance would subject us to legal and regulatory liabilities.

        We may also experience difficulty in managing our international operations because of, among other things, competitive conditions overseas, established domestic markets, language and cultural differences and economic or political instability. For example, global markets and economic conditions have been negatively impacted by the ability of certain E.U. member states to service their sovereign debt obligations. The continued uncertainty over the outcome of the E.U. governments' financial support programs and the possibility that other E.U. member states may experience similar financial troubles could further disrupt global markets. In particular, it has and could in the future disrupt equity markets and result in volatile bond yields on the sovereign debt of E.U. members. This has also had an impact on the creditworthiness of customers and counterparties and has and may continue to limit the number of customers we are willing to do business with in this region. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the success of our international operations or limit our ability to grow our international operations and, consequently, on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may be exposed to risk from our operations in emerging market countries, including counterparty risks exposure.

        Our businesses and operations are increasingly expanding into new regions, including emerging markets, and we expect this trend to continue. We have entered into an increasing number of matched principal transactions with counterparties domiciled in countries in the Middle East, Latin America, Eastern Europe and Asia. Transactions with these counterparties are generally in instruments or contracts of sovereign or corporate issuers located in the same country or region as the counterparty. This exposes us to a higher degree of sovereign or convertibility risk than in more stable or developed countries. In addition, these risks may be correlated risks. A correlated risk arises when the counterparty's inability to meet its obligations will also correspond to a decline in the value of the instrument traded. In the case of a sovereign convertibility event or outright default, the counterparty to the trade may be unable to pay or transfer payment of an instrument purchased out of the country when the value of the instrument has declined due to the default or convertibility event. Various emerging market countries have experienced severe economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or threatened defaults on sovereign debt, capital

46

---

Table of Contents

and currency exchange controls, and low or negative growth rates in their economies. These conditions could have an adverse impact on our businesses and increased volatility in financial markets generally. Through our risk management procedures, we monitor the creditworthiness of emerging countries and counterparties on an ongoing basis and when the risk of inconvertibility or sovereign default is deemed to be too great, correlated transactions or all transactions may be restricted or suspended. However, there can be no assurance that our procedures will be effective in controlling these risks, which, if not successfully controlled, could result in a loss that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We may have difficulty managing our expanding operations effectively.

        We have significantly expanded our business activities and operations over the last several years, which have placed, and are expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our management and resources. Continued expansion into new markets and regions will require continued investment in management and other personnel, facilities, information technology infrastructure, financial and management systems and controls and regulatory compliance controls. The expansion of our international operations, particularly our Asia-Pacific and South American operations, involves additional challenges that we may not be able to meet, such as the difficulty in effectively managing and staffing these operations and complying with the increased regulatory requirements associated with operating in new jurisdictions.

        We may not be successful in implementing all of the processes that are necessary to support these initiatives, which could result in our expenses increasing faster than our revenues, causing our operating margins and profitability to be adversely affected, or it could result in us having insufficient controls in our operations for a period of time. Accordingly, this expansion, if not properly managed, could result in a loss that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

In the event of employee misconduct or error, our business may be harmed.

        Employee misconduct or error could subject us to legal liability, financial losses and regulatory sanctions and could seriously harm our reputation and negatively affect our business. Misconduct by employees could include engaging in improper or unauthorized transactions or activities, failing to properly supervise other employees or improperly using confidential information. Employee errors, including mistakes in executing, recording or processing transactions for customers, could cause us to enter into transactions that clients may disavow and refuse to settle, which could expose us to the risk of material losses even if the errors are detected and the transactions are unwound or reversed. If our clients are not able to settle their transactions on a timely basis, the time in which employee errors are detected may be increased and our risk of material loss could be increased. The risk of employee error or miscommunication may be greater for products that are new or have non-standardized terms. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct or error, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases.

Brokerage services involve substantial risks of liability, and we therefore may become subject to risks of litigation.

        Many aspects of our business, and the businesses of our clients, involve substantial risks of liability. Dissatisfied clients may make claims regarding quality of trade execution, improperly settled trades or mismanagement against us. We may become subject to these claims as the result of failures or malfunctions of our trading systems or other brokerage services provided by us, and third parties may seek recourse against us. We attempt to limit our liability to our customers through the use of written or "click-through" agreements, but we do not have such agreements with many of our clients. We could incur significant legal expenses defending claims, even those without merit. An adverse resolution of any lawsuit or claim against us could result in our obligation to pay substantial damages.

47

---

Table of Contents

If we acquire other companies or businesses, or if we hire new brokerage personnel, we may have difficulty integrating their operations.

        To achieve our strategic objectives, we have acquired or invested in, and in the future may seek to acquire or invest in, other companies and businesses. We also may seek to hire brokers for new or existing brokerage desks. These acquisitions or new hires may be necessary in order for us to enter into or develop new product areas or trading systems. Acquisitions and new hires entail numerous risks, including:

•

difficulties in the assimilation of acquired personnel, operations, services or products;



•

diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;



•

assumption of, or exposure to, known and unknown material liabilities of acquired companies or businesses, strategic alliances, collaborations or joint ventures;



•

litigation and/or arbitration related to the hiring of brokerage personnel;



•

the decrease in our cash reserves, the increased cost of borrowing funds or the dilution resulting from issuances of our equity securities, in each case as consideration to finance the purchase price of any significant acquisitions;



•

to the extent that we pursue business opportunities outside the United States, exposure to political, economic, legal, regulatory, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in a foreign country, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities;



•

the up-front costs associated with recruiting brokerage personnel, including when establishing a new brokerage desk, such as significant signing bonuses or contractual guarantees of a minimum level of compensation;



•

failure to achieve financial or operating objectives; and



•

potential loss of clients or key employees of acquired companies and businesses.

        In addition, we expect to face competition for acquisition targets and/or joint venture partners, which may limit the number of acquisitions and growth opportunities and could lead to higher acquisition prices. We may not be able to successfully identify, acquire or manage profitably additional businesses or integrate businesses without substantial costs, delays or other operational or financial difficulties.

        If we fail to manage these risks as we make acquisitions or make new hires, our profitability may be adversely affected, and we may never realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions or hires. In addition, entering into new businesses may require prior approval from regulators. Our ability to obtain timely approval from applicable regulators may hinder our ability to successfully enter new businesses.

Seasonal fluctuations in trading may cause our quarterly operating results to fluctuate.

        In the past, our business has experienced seasonal fluctuations, reflecting reduced trading activity during summer months, particularly in August. We also generally experience reduced activity in December due to seasonal holidays. As a result, our quarterly operating results may not be indicative of the results we expect for the full year. Our operating results may also fluctuate quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors beyond our control, such as conditions in the global financial markets, terrorism, war and other economic and political events. Furthermore, we may experience reduced revenues in a quarter due to a decrease in the number of business days in that quarter compared to prior years.

48

---

Table of Contents

Computer systems failures, capacity constraints, breaches of security and natural or other disasters could prevent us from operating parts of our business or otherwise damage our reputation or business.

        We internally support and maintain many of our computer systems, brokerage platforms and networks. Our failure to monitor, maintain or, if necessary, replace these systems, brokerage platforms and networks in a timely and cost-effective manner could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our operations.

        We also rely and expect to continue to rely on third parties to supply and maintain various computer systems, trading platforms and communications systems, such as telephone companies, internet service providers, data processors, clearing organizations, software and hardware vendors and back-up services. Our systems, or those of our third party providers, may fail or operate slowly, causing one or more of the following:

•

unanticipated disruptions in service to our clients;



•

slower response times;



•

delays in our clients' trade execution;



•

failed settlement of trades;



•

decreased client satisfaction with our services or brokerage platforms;



•

incomplete, untimely or inaccurate accounting, recording, reporting or processing of trades;



•

financial losses;



•

litigation or other client claims; and



•

regulatory sanctions.

        We may experience systems or office failures from power or telecommunications outages, acts of God, war, terrorism, human error, natural disasters, fire, sabotage, hardware or software malfunctions or defects, computer viruses, intentional acts of vandalism or similar events. Additionally, our business continuity or disaster recovery plans and related systems may not be effective to deal with such events and the failure of such plans or systems may have a material adverse effect on our business. Any system failure that causes an interruption in service or decreases the responsiveness of our service, including failures caused by client error or misuse of our systems, could damage our reputation, business and brand name. In addition, if security measures contained in our systems are breached as a result of third-party actions, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise, our reputation may be damaged and our business could suffer.

        If systems maintained by us or third parties malfunction, our clients or other third parties may seek recourse against us. We could incur significant legal expenses defending these claims, even those which we may believe to be without merit. An adverse resolution of any lawsuits or claims against us could result in our obligation to pay substantial damages and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        If one or more of our offices were destroyed, damaged or unusable for a period of time we may suffer a loss of revenue, experience business interruption in that region or incur expenses to relocate or repair the affected office to the extent not covered by insurance. If any of these were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

49

---

Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights or may be prevented from using intellectual property necessary for our business.

        Our business depends in part on whether we are able to maintain the proprietary aspects of our technology and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. We rely primarily on trade secret, contract, copyright, trademark and patent law to protect our proprietary technology. However, these protections may not be adequate to prevent third parties from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringing on our rights.

        We may also face claims of infringement that could interfere with our ability to use technology that is material to our business operations. We may face limitations or restrictions on the distribution of some of the market data generated by our brokerage desks, which may limit the comprehensiveness and quality of the data we are able to distribute or sell.

        In addition, in the past several years, there has been proliferation of so-called "business method patents" applicable to the computer and financial services industries. There has also been a substantial increase in the number of such patent applications filed. Under current law, United States patent applications remain secret for 18 months and may, depending upon where else such applications are filed, remain secret until a patent is issued. In light of these factors, it is not economically practicable to determine in advance whether our products or services may infringe the present or future patent rights of others. In addition, although we take steps to protect our technology, we may not be able to protect our technology from disclosure or from other developing technologies that are similar or superior to our technology. Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or if we infringe on the rights of others, we could become involved in costly disputes and may be required to pay royalties or enter into license agreements with third parties.

        In the future, we may have to rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. This litigation could result from claims that we are violating the rights of others or may be necessary to enforce our own rights. Any such litigation would be time consuming and expensive to defend or resolve and would result in the diversion of the resources and attention of management, and the outcome of any such litigation cannot be accurately predicted. Any adverse determination in such litigation could subject us to significant liabilities or require us to pay royalties or enter into license agreements with third parties, which we may not be able to obtain on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We depend on third-party software licenses. The loss of any of our key licenses could adversely affect our ability to provide our brokerage services.

        We license software from third parties, some of which is integral to our execution services, hybrid brokerage systems and our business. These licenses are generally terminable if we breach our obligations under the licenses or if the licensor gives us notice in advance of the termination. If any of these relationships were terminated, or if any of these third parties were to cease doing business, we may be forced to spend significant time and money to replace the licensed software. These replacements may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. A termination of any of these relationships could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

50

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Liquidity and Financing Needs

Our liquidity and financial condition could be adversely affected by United States and international markets and economic conditions.

        Liquidity is essential to our business and is of particular importance to our trading business. Any perceived liquidity issues may affect our clients' and counterparties' willingness to engage in brokerage transactions with us. In addition, our business is dependent upon the availability of adequate regulatory and clearing capital. Clearing capital is the amount of cash, guarantees or similar collateral that we must provide or deposit with our third party clearing organizations in support of our obligations under our contractual clearing arrangements with these organizations. Historically, these needs have been satisfied from internally generated funds, investments from our stockholders and lines of credit made available by commercial banking institutions.

        Our liquidity could be impaired due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects our clients, third parties or us. Further, our ability to sell assets to generate liquidity may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time.

        Our ability to raise capital in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets has been and could continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the United States and international markets and economy. Global market and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile. In particular, our cost and availability of raising debt capital may be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. As a result of concern about the stability of the markets, the strength of counterparties and other factors, including the continued impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and other pending legislation and regulatory proposals, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers in the financial industry. In addition, our credit rating may impact our ability to obtain to raise additional long or short term capital. See the Risk Factor captioned "Our business may be adversely affected by a reduction in our credit ratings." To the extent we need to raise additional capital, including for acquisitions or meeting increased capital requirements arising from growth in our brokerage business, we may not be able to obtain such additional financing on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, if at all. If we cannot raise additional capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our business, take advantage of future opportunities or acquisitions, respond to competitive pressure or meet contractual, regulatory or other unanticipated requirements and as a result, our ability to conduct our business may be materially adversely affected.

Our business may be adversely affected by a reduction in our credit ratings.

        There are a number of factors that might contribute to the possibility of having our credit rating downgraded by one or more credit rating agencies, including our profitability and results of operations and the general condition of the economy and the global markets in which we provide our services. In the event of a downgrade of our credit rating by one or more credit rating agencies, our business may be adversely affected.

        Our 8.375% Senior Notes, which were issued in July 2011 and will mature in July 2018 ("8.375% Senior Notes"), contain a provision that allows for the applicable per annum interest rate to increase up to a maximum of 200 basis points over the original interest rate if our credit rating is downgraded. The cumulative effect of our credit rating downgrades following the issuance of our 8.375% Senior Notes has resulted in an increase in the interest rate to the maximum rate per annum.

        Concerns about our credit ratings may limit our ability to pursue acquisitions and, to the extent we pursue acquisitions that affect our credit ratings, our business may suffer. To avoid placing our credit rating at risk, we may need to limit the growth of our business, or we may even need to reduce our

51

---

Table of Contents

operations or other expenses to improve profitability. A credit-rating downgrade could also compel us to raise additional capital on unfavorable terms, which could result in substantial additional interest or other expenses and lower earnings. If we were forced to raise equity capital, that action could result in substantial dilution to our existing shareholders.

The financial maintenance covenants in our Credit Agreement could limit the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs as a result.

        We are party to a credit agreement with Bank of America N.A. and certain other lenders (the "Credit Agreement"). Pursuant to an assignment and assumption entered into by and among our lenders under the Credit Agreement, the maturity of the $18.75 million of the lender commitments that was to mature in December 2013 has been extended to December 2015. As a result, the Credit Agreement provides for $75 million in lender commitments that mature in December 2015. Under our Credit Agreement, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that we will meet those ratios. An adverse development affecting our business could require us to seek waivers or amendments of covenants, alternative or additional sources of financing or reductions in expenditures. We cannot assure you that such waivers, amendments or alternative or additional financings could be obtained or, if obtained, would be on terms acceptable to us. A failure to comply with the covenants contained in our Credit Agreement could result in an event of default thereunder or under other agreements, which, if not cured or waived could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of any default under our Credit Agreement, the lenders may not be required to lend any additional amounts to us, or could elect to declare all indebtedness outstanding, together with any accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Such actions by the lenders could cause cross defaults under our other indebtedness, including the indenture governing our 8.375% Senior Notes.

Risks Related to Owning Our Stock

BGC has significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interest of our other stockholders.

        On February 26, 2015, BGC and BGC Partners, L.P. successfully completed its tender offer to acquire shares of our common stock for $6.10 per share in cash pursuant to the tender offer (the "Offer"). 54,274,212 shares were tendered pursuant to the Offer and BGC Partners, L.P. paid for the tendered shares on March 4, 2015. The tendered shares, together with the 17.1 million shares of common stock already owned by BGC, represent approximately 56% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. In addition, pursuant to the tender offer agreement, dated as of February 19, 2015, by and among BGC and BGC Partners, L.P. and us, our Board of Directors was expanded to eight members and BGC designated six directors to the expanded Board of Directors, including Howard Lutnick, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of BGC, Shaun Lynn, the President of BGC, Stephen Merkel, the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of BGC. As a result, BGC has the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions. This concentration of control could be disadvantageous to other stockholders with interests different from those of BGC. This concentration of voting power may have the effect of delaying or impeding actions that could be beneficial to our other stockholders. In addition, JPI, in which our executive chairman and founder, Michael Gooch, is the controlling shareholder, owns approximately 36% of our outstanding common stock. Our chief executive officer, Colin Heffron, is also a minority shareholder of JPI. The trading

52

---

Table of Contents

price for our common stock could be adversely affected if investors perceive disadvantages to owning our stock as a result of this significant concentration of share ownership.

        BGC and its affiliates are engaged in businesses that compete with us and are not restricted from investing in such businesses.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, agreements to which we are a party, regulations to which we are subject and provisions of our equity incentive plans could delay or prevent a change in control of our company and entrench current management.

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of us, such as a tender offer or takeover proposal that might result in a premium over the market price for our common stock. In addition, certain of these provisions make it more difficult to bring about a change in the composition of our board of directors, which could result in entrenchment of current management. For example, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

•

provide for a classified board of directors;



•

do not permit our stockholders to remove members of our board of directors other than for cause;



•

do not permit stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;



•

require certain advance notice for director nominations and other actions to be taken at annual meetings of stockholders;



•

require supermajority stockholder approval with respect to extraordinary transactions such as mergers and certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws (including in respect of the provisions set forth above); and



•

authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock by our board of directors without stockholder approval, which could discourage a takeover attempt.

        Under our Credit Agreement and our 8.375% Senior Notes, a change in control may lead the lenders to exercise remedies such as acceleration of the loan and, in the case of the Credit Agreement, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances.

        Our brokerage businesses are heavily regulated and some of our regulators require that they approve transactions which could result in a change of control, as defined by the then-applicable rules of our regulators. The requirement that this approval be obtained may prevent or delay transactions that would result in a change of control.

We are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements because we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will not have the protections afforded by these corporate governance requirements.

        Because BGC holds more than 50% of our common stock, we are considered to be a "controlled company" for purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a "controlled company" may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors be composed entirely of independent directors, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee of our Board of Directors be composed entirely of independent directors and (4) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nomination/corporate governance and compensation committees. Given that BGC holds a majority of the voting power of our common stock, we are permitted, and

53

---

Table of Contents

have elected, to dissolve our committees other than the audit committee and to opt out of compliance with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, stockholders of our common stock will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, it may have an adverse effect on our business.

        We are subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("SOX") and the applicable SEC rules and regulations that require our management to conduct an annual assessment and to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must issue an attestation report addressing the operating effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting.

        While our internal controls over financial reporting currently meet all of the standards required by SOX, failure to maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot be certain as to our ability to continue to comply with the requirements of SOX. If we are not able to continue to comply with the requirements of SOX in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, including the SEC. In addition, should we identify a material weakness, there can be no assurance that we would be able to remediate such material weakness in a timely manner in future periods. Moreover, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period (or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls), we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and incur significant expenses to restructure our internal controls over financial reporting, which may have a material adverse effect on our Company.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate in the future, and the limited market for our shares and future sales of our shares could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        The market price of our common stock has fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future depending upon many factors, including our actual results of operations and perceived prospects and the prospects of the financial marketplaces in general, differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts, changes in analysts' recommendations or projections, seasonality, changes in general valuations for companies in our business segment, changes in general economic or market conditions and broad market fluctuations. Additionally, because BGC and JPI collectively own in excess of 90% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, we cannot assure our stockholders that a trading market will develop further or be maintained.

        Moreover, following the acquisition by BGC (see "Acquisition by BGC Partners, Inc.") of approximately 56.3% of our common stock, the Company has two significant shareholders that control approximately 94% of our common stock. This concentrated holding may cause there to be significantly reduced or no liquidity in our common stock and trading may be limited impacting the market price of our common stock.

        Future sales of our common stock also could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares, or if we issue a large number of shares of our common stock in connection with future acquisitions, strategic alliances, new or amended equity incentive plans or otherwise, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") an aggregate of 38,200,000 shares of our common stock available for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with existing and new grants of restricted stock units, stock options or similar types of equity compensation awards to our employees; however, pursuant to

54

---

Table of Contents

the tender offer agreement, upon the closing of the tender offer, the outstanding restricted stock units were converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to $6.10 with respect to each share of common stock underlying such award, with such cash payable on and subject to the terms and conditions of the original vesting schedule and no shares will be issued in respect thereof. Based on outstanding grants at December 31, 2014, there are 8,535,923 shares of our common stock available for future grants of awards under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Following the acquisition by BGC, the Company filed post-effective amendments to its registration statements on Form S-8 de-registering any and all securities registered under the registration statements that remain unissued pursuant to its equity incentive and stock option plans and does not plan to issue any additional RSUs and previously issued RSUs that are unvested were converted into a right to receive cash.

We may be required to recognize impairments of our goodwill or other intangible assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

        Accounting standards require periodic testing for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and any such non-cash charges in the future could have a material impact on our stockholders equity and our results of operations during a particular period. For example, in the second quarter of 2014, we recorded $121.6 million of aggregate goodwill impairment charges in our Americas Brokerage, EMEA Brokerage and Clearing and Backed Trading reporting units. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded a $4.1 million impairment charge related to long-lived assets of Kyte Group Limited.

        The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect our consolidated financial statements. We are required to test goodwill for impairment annually, or in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value may be impaired. We assess potential impairments to intangible assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators and future cash flows related to goodwill and intangible assets are based on several factors which include: the operational performance of any acquired businesses, management's current business plans which factor in current market conditions, market capitalization, the trading price of our common stock and trading volumes, as well as other factors. Management uses discounted cash flow analysis in their impairment assessments, which involves the subjective selection and interpretation of data inputs, and given market conditions at the testing date, can include a very limited amount of observable market inputs available in determining the model.

        Changes to our business plans, increased macroeconomic weakness, declines in operating results and decreased market capitalization may result in our having to perform an interim goodwill impairment test or an intangible asset impairment test. These types of events and the resulting analysis could result in further goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges in future periods.

Shareholder litigation against the Company and certain of our current and former directors related to the CME Transaction could cause us to incur significant costs and expenses.

        The Company, certain current and former directors and a managing director, along with other participants in the CME Transaction, have been named in a number of class action complaints related to such transactions. Based on currently available information, the outcome of the outstanding legal proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our financial position. However, the outcome of any such matters may be material to the Company's results of operations or cash flows in a given period. It is not presently possible to determine the Company's ultimate exposure to these matters and there is no assurance that the resolution of our outstanding matters will not significantly exceed any reserves accrued by us. In addition, we could incur costs in connection with these legal proceedings, including costs associated with the indemnification of our directors and officers.

55

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        We have offices in the United States, Europe, Latin America, Asia, the Middle East and South Africa. Our executive headquarters are located at 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041, where we occupy approximately 89,000 square feet of leased space, pursuant to a lease that expires in December 2027. Our largest office outside of the New York metropolitan area is our U.K. headquarters, which is located in London at 1 Snowden Street, EC2 2DQ, where we occupy approximately 44,000 square feet pursuant to a lease that expires in March 2025.

        Our U.S. operations also lease office space in Sugar Land (TX) and Iselin (NJ). Our foreign operations lease office space in London, Paris, Brussels, Nyon, Madrid, Hong Kong, Seoul, Singapore, Sydney, Cape Town, Santiago, Bogota, Buenos Aires, Lima, Dubai, Dublin, Tel Aviv, Tokyo and Mexico City. We believe our facilities will be adequate for our operations for the next twelve months. The properties we occupy are used across all of our business segments, as well as for corporate purposes.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        In the normal course of business, we are, and have been in the past, involved in, litigations, claims and arbitrations that involve claims for substantial amounts. These proceedings have generally involved either proceedings against our competitors in connection with employee hires, or claims from former employees in connection with the termination of their employment from us. There is also potential for client claims alleging the occurrence of errors in the execution of brokerage transactions. We are also currently, and have been in the past, involved in examinations, investigations or proceedings by government agencies and self-regulatory organizations. These examinations or investigations could result in substantial fines or administrative proceedings that could result in censure, the issuance of cease and desist orders, the suspension or expulsion of a broker dealer and its affiliated persons, officers or employees or other similar consequences.

        Following the announcement of the CME Merger, nine putative class action complaints challenging the CME Merger were filed on behalf of purported stockholders of GFI (one of which also purported to be brought derivatively on behalf of GFI), two in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, six in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and one in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints were captioned Coyne v. GFI Group Inc., et al., Index No. 652704/2014 (N.Y. Sup. Ct., filed September 4, 2014), Suprina v. GFI Group, Inc., et al., Index No. 652668/2014 (N.Y. Sup. Ct., filed August 29, 2014), Brown v. GFI Group Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 10082-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 3, 2014), Hughes v. CME Group, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 10103-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 8, 2014), Al Ammary v. Gooch, et al., Civil Action No. 10125-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 11, 2014), Giardalas v. GFI Group, Inc., Civil Action No. 10132-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 15, 2014), City of Lakeland Employees' Pension Plan v. Gooch, et al., Civil Action No. 10136-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 16, 2014), Michocki v. Gooch., et al., Civil Action No. 10166-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 25, 2014) and Szarek v. GFI Group Inc., et al., Case No. 14-CV-8228 (S.D.N.Y., filed October 14, 2014). On September 26, 2014, the Court of Chancery granted voluntary dismissal of the Giardalas action. On October 6, 2014, a consolidation order was entered by Vice Chancellor Laster, consolidating the Delaware cases into the Consolidated Delaware Action. The consolidation order designated the complaint filed in City of Lakeland Employees' Pension Plan v. Gooch, et al., Civil Action No. 10136-VCL (Del. Ch.) as the operative complaint in the Consolidated Delaware Action.

        The complaints named as Defendants various combinations of the Company, GFI Holdco Ltd. ("IDB Buyer"), the members of our board of directors, GFI managing director Nick Brown, CME,

56

---

Table of Contents

Commodore Acquisition Corp., Commodore Acquisition LLC, Cheetah Acquisition Corp., Cheetah Acquisition LLC, JPI and New JPI Inc. ("New JPI"). The complaints generally allege, among other things, that the members of our board of directors breached their fiduciary duties to our stockholders during merger negotiations by entering into the CME Merger Agreement and approving the CME Merger, and that the Company, CME, Commodore Acquisition Corp., Commodore Acquisition LLC, IDB Buyer, Cheetah Acquisition Corp., Cheetah Acquisition LLC, JPI, and New JPI aided and abetted such breaches of fiduciary duties. The complaints further allege, among other things, (i) that the merger consideration provided for in the CME Merger Agreement undervalued the Company, (ii) that the sales process leading up to the CME Merger was flawed due to the members of our board of director's and Jefferies' conflicts of interest, and (iii) that certain provisions of the CME Merger Agreement inappropriately favored CME and precluded or impeded third parties from submitting potentially superior proposals.

        In addition, the Hughes complaint asserts a derivative claim on behalf of the Company against the members of our board of directors for breaching their fiduciary duties of loyalty and care to the Company by negotiating and agreeing to the CME Merger and against Defendants Gooch and Heffron for usurping a corporate opportunity. The Michocki complaint alleges that the CME Merger is not a solitary transaction but a series of related transactions and further alleges that the IDB Transaction must be approved by an affirmative two-thirds vote of the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Charter.

        The complaints seek, among other relief: (i) certification of the class, (ii) injunctive relief enjoining the CME Merger, (iii) a declaration that the members of our board of directors breached their fiduciary duties and that certain provisions of the CME Merger Agreement are unlawful, (iv) a directive to the members of our board of directors to execute their fiduciary duties to obtain a transaction in the best interest of our stockholders, (v) rescission of the CME Merger to the extent already implemented, (vi) granting of rescissory damages and an accounting of all of the damages suffered as a result of the alleged wrongdoing, (vii) and reimbursement of fees and costs. The Coyne and Suprina Plaintiffs also demand a jury trial.

        Certain Defendants have moved to dismiss or, in the alternative, stay the Coyne and Suprina actions in favor of the Consolidated Delaware Action. A hearing was held on December 15, 2014 on (i) the Defendants' motions to dismiss or stay the Coyne and Suprina actions; (ii) the Plaintiffs' motion by order to show cause for consolidation and appointment of a leadership structure; and (iii) Plaintiff Suprina's motion by order to show cause to compel and expedite discovery. In an order filed on January 30, 2015, the Court ordered the Suprina and Coyne cases consolidated as In re GFI Group Inc. Shareholder Litigation, Index No. 652668/2014. In another order filed that same day, the Court denied Plaintiff Suprina's motion to compel and expedite discovery. The parties are awaiting a ruling on the Defendants' motions to dismiss or stay the consolidated action.

        On November 18, 2014, the Delaware court entered a Revised Order Setting Expedited Discovery Schedule in the Consolidated Delaware Action. On December 19, 2014, the court entered a Further Revised Scheduling Order scheduling a preliminary injunction hearing for January 16, 2015. On December 29, 2014, Plaintiffs in the Consolidated Delaware Action filed a Motion for a Preliminary Injunction, and a brief in support thereof, seeking to enjoin enforcement of Article V of the Support Agreement and preliminarily enjoin the stockholder vote on the CME Merger until (i) certain additional disclosures were made and (ii) our stockholders were provided the opportunity to vote on the CME Merger, the JPI Merger and the IDB Transaction. On January 8, 2015, the parties agreed to move the preliminary injunction hearing from January 16, 2015 to January 20, 2015. On January 15, 2015, the preliminary injunction hearing (scheduled for January 20) was taken off the court's calendar.

        On January 15, 2015, Plaintiffs in the Consolidated Delaware Action filed a Supplement to the Verified Class Action Complaint. On January 30, 2015, Plaintiffs filed a Second Supplement to the Verified Class Action Complaint. On February 4, 2015, Plaintiffs filed a Motion for Expedited

57

---

Table of Contents

Proceedings and a brief in support thereof. On February 6, 2015, the Court scheduled a merits hearing for February 17 and 18, 2015. On February 7, 2015, Plaintiffs filed a Third Supplement to the Verified Class Action Complaint, seeking certain additional injunctive and declaratory relief. On February 11, 2015, the Court, with the consent of the parties, moved the merits hearing (scheduled for February 17 and 18, 2015) to the first available dates on the Court's schedule after March 4, 2015. On February 20, 2015, Plaintiffs informed the Court that an expedited merits hearing was no longer necessary.

        In the New York Szarek action, the Court scheduled an initial pretrial conference for December 16, 2014, which the Court adjourned upon application of the parties until March 12, 2015 and adjourned again upon application of Plaintiff until May 21, 2015.

        In addition to the foregoing litigation, on November 26, 2014, a putative class action complaint alleging violations of the federal securities laws, captioned Gross v. GFI Group, Inc., et al., was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint names the Company, Colin Heffron, Michael Gooch and Nick Brown as Defendants.. The complaint seeks, among other relief: (i) certification of the class, (ii) compensatory damages for Defendants purported wrongdoing and (iii) reimbursement of costs and expenses.

        On February 20, 2015, the Court in Gross v. GFI Group, Inc. granted Plaintiff's unopposed motion for appointment as lead plaintiff and approved his selection of co-lead counsel on behalf of the putative class. The Court also extended Defendants' time to respond to the complaint from February 23, 2015 to March 25, 2015; granted Plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint by March 16, 2015; and rescheduled the initial pre-trial conference to March 27, 2015.

        Defendants believe that the claims asserted against them are without merit and intend to defend the litigation vigorously.

        Based on currently available information, the outcome of our outstanding legal proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our financial position. However, the outcome of any such matters may be material to our results of operations or cash flows in a given period. It is not presently possible to determine our ultimate exposure to these matters and there is no assurance that the resolution of our outstanding matters will not significantly exceed any reserves accrued by the Company.

        For a limited number of legal matters for which, a loss (whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability) is not probable but is reasonably possible in future periods, the Company is sometimes able to estimate a range of possible loss. In determining whether it is able to estimate a range of possible loss, the Company reviews and evaluates its material litigation and regulatory and other matters on an ongoing basis. In cases in which the Company is able to estimate a range of possible loss, the aggregate total of such estimated possible losses is disclosed below. There may be other matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but for which a range of possible loss may not be estimable. For those matters for which a range of possible loss is estimable, management currently estimates the aggregate range of possible loss as $0 to approximately $10.2 million in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. The estimated range of possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will vary from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of monetary damages (unless management can otherwise determine an amount), (ii) the matters are in early stages, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (iv) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, (v) there are novel legal issues presented, among other reasons. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are excluded from the estimated range above, therefore, the estimated range above does not represent the Company's maximum loss exposure.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.

58

---

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information for Common Stock

        Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol "GFIG" since October 5, 2010. Prior to that date our common stock was listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market since January 26, 2005. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. Set forth below, for each of the last eight fiscal quarters, is the low and high sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on NYSE in the first quarter of 2013 through the fourth quarter of 2014.

Holders of Record

        As of February 28, 2015, we had approximately 23 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

        Prior to 2008, we retained all earnings for investment in our business. In February 2008, our Board of Directors approved a policy of paying quarterly dividends, subject to available cash flow from operations, other considerations and the determination by our Board of Directors of the amount. In the third quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the Company's amendment of the CME Merger, the Board suspended the payment of quarterly dividends.

        If the Company determines to pay dividends in the future, any declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our Board of Directors deems relevant. The Board's ability to declare a dividend is also subject to limits imposed by Delaware corporate law. In addition, our subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us subject to (i) certain regulatory restrictions related to the maintenance of minimum net capital in those of our subsidiaries that are subject to net capital requirements imposed by applicable law or regulation, and (ii) general restrictions imposed on dividend payments under the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each subsidiary. Finally, our Credit Agreement limits our ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances without the approval of our lenders and any instruments governing our future indebtedness may also contain various covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends.

59

---

Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

        The following performance graph shows a comparison, from December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014, of the cumulative total return for our common stock, the NYSE Composite Index, the Nasdaq Other Financial Index and our peer group. The peer group is comprised of ICAP Plc, Tullet Prebon Plc, Compagnie Financiere Tradition, MarketAxess Holdings Inc., BGC Partners, Inc., Deutsche Börse Group, ICE and the CME Group Inc.

        The performance graph assumes that the value of the initial investment in the Company's common stock, each index and the peer group was $100 on December 31, 2009 and that all dividends have been reinvested. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance. The returns of each company within the peer group have been weighted according to their respective stock market capitalization for purposes of arriving at a peer group average.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Equity Compensation Plan Information

        For the information concerning securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, see Part III "Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters" in this Form 10-K.

60

---

Table of Contents

Purchase of Equity Securities

        The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended December 31, 2014.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

61

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2014. This selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained in Part II-Item 8 in this Form 10-K.

62

---

Table of Contents

63

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereof in Part II—Item 8 hereof. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in these forward-looking statements. Please see "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" for a discussion of some of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Business Environment

        As a leading provider of wholesale brokerage services, clearing services and electronic execution and trading support products for global financial markets, our results of operations are impacted by a number of external market factors, including market volatility and transactional volumes, the organic growth or contraction of the derivative and cash markets in which we provide our brokerage services, the particular mix of transactional activity in our various products, the competitive and regulatory environment in the various jurisdictions and markets in which we operate and the commercial activity levels of the dealers, hedge funds, traders and other market participants to whom we provide our services. Outlined below are management's observations of these external market factors during the most recent fiscal period. The factors outlined below are not the only factors that impacted our results of operations for the most recent fiscal period, and additional or other factors may impact, or have different degrees of impact, on our results of operations in future periods.

Market Volumes and Volatility

        Recent Activity in Underlying Markets.    We believe that overall market volatility was lower in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 2013. Many dealer banks reported declines in their overall fixed income, currencies and commodities revenues for 2014 as compared to the prior year. However, currency market volatility began to increase during the latter half of the third quarter of 2014, which led to increased trading volumes in the foreign currency markets throughout much of the second half of the year.

        The level of organic growth or contraction in the OTC derivatives markets we serve, as well as our market share within any particular market, has historically been difficult to measure on a timely basis, as there are only a few independent, objective measures of the outstanding notional amount of OTC derivatives, all of which are published retrospectively and do not measure transactional volumes. Therefore, to help gauge growth or contraction in any particular quarter or year, management has looked to the published results of large OTC derivatives dealers and certain futures and derivative exchanges as potential indicators of transactional activity in the related OTC derivative markets. In future periods, as SEFs and swap data repositories report their daily trading volumes on a more consistent basis pursuant to applicable CFTC regulations, management expects such data to provide a better indication of overall market size and our relative market share within such derivative markets.

        OTC market volumes were generally mixed across most asset classes during the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. OTC markets continued to confront higher capital requirements and a low global short-term interest rate environment. The level of the Chicago Board Options Exchange Volatility Index ("VIX"), on average, was approximately 1% lower in 2014 when compared to the prior year. In addition, the BAML Global Financial Stress Index was lower, on average, during 2014. We believe that these indexes provide valuable proxies for the overall volatility across our four brokerage product categories. However, it should be noted that volatility events can affect each of our product categories to varying degrees.

        Fixed Income Volumes.    Our fixed income product category is comprised of revenues related to the brokerage of cash and derivative fixed income products. Fixed income volumes typically correlate with

64

---

Table of Contents

fluctuations in interest rates, market volatility and the level of bond issuances. Interest rates remained low during 2014, while market volatility in this product category generally declined. The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association ("SIFMA") reported an increase in corporate bond issuance of 4% for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, SIFMA reported an increase in the average daily volumes ("ADV") of U.S. corporate debt of 10%, but also reported that the average gross notional outstanding for credit default swaps declined, year over year. BrokerTec, an electronic trading platform in the fixed income market, reported increased ADV of 1% in 2014 vs. 2013. Conversely, IntercontinentalExchange Inc. ("ICE") reported approximately a 3% decline in credit default swap trade execution revenues compared with 2013. In comparison, our overall fixed income volumes were generally mixed, with roughly an equal number of desks experiencing an increase in volumes vs. a decrease in volume, while our margins generally declined in this product category during 2014. Our brokerage revenues from fixed income products declined 1% in the year.

        Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Volumes.    Our financial product category largely consists of revenues related to the brokerage of foreign exchange and interest rate derivative products. Foreign exchange market volumes generally decreased overall for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily driven by a lack of volatility in the first eight months of the year. However, market conditions improved during the latter part of the year as volumes began to increase during the third quarter of 2014, predominately driven by an increase in foreign exchange volatility during the period. CME foreign exchange futures ADVs decreased 9% in 2014, while EBS, an electronic trading platform for spot currencies, reported a 12% decrease in volumes year over year. Reported market volumes for interest rate products generally increased during the year ended December 31, 2014, with CME reporting a 19% increase in interest rate futures ADVs in 2014. Volumes increased on a majority of our financial products desks 2014, however our margins were generally lower. Our brokerage revenues from financial products increased 5% in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the prior year.

        Equity Volumes.    Our equity product category consists of revenues related to the brokerage of cash equity and equity derivative products. Cash equity and equity derivative volume indicators in Europe and the U.S. were generally mixed during 2014 compared with the prior year. International Securities Exchange's equity derivative volumes declined approximately 21% in 2014, while Eurex European equity derivative volumes declined approximately 4%, year over year. However, Options Clearing Corporation reported a 4% increase in cleared equity option contract volumes. In addition, ADVs for NYSE's U.S. cash products increased 2% in 2014, while ADVs for Euronext's European cash products (the vast majority of which are cash equity products) increased 9%, compared to the prior year. In comparison, our equity volumes declined on a majority of our desks in 2014 as compared to the prior year, with lower trading margins on the whole within our equity business. Our brokerage revenues from all equity products declined 9% from the prior year.

        Commodity Volumes.    Our commodity product category consists of revenues related to the brokerage of a wide range of energy products, and to a lesser extent, other commodity products. CME's Energy derivatives ADVs decreased 3% in 2014, while ICE's Energy derivatives ADVs decreased 11%, year over year. In addition, ICE reported an increase of approximately 11% in the quarterly rate per contract ("RPC"), while CME's reported RPC was flat, year over year. Similarly, our volumes across the various energy products for which we provide brokerage services generally declined in 2014 from the prior year, while margins were mixed across our desks, with a majority of desks seeing lower margins. Our brokerage revenues from commodity products declined 5% in 2014.

        Clearing Services Volumes.    Our Kyte subsidiary's clearing operations are subject to many of the same drivers that influence OTC market volumes. Kyte's clearing revenues declined by 17% in 2014, primarily due to a decrease in trading volumes. Kyte's clearing services revenues include the exchange fees that Kyte charges to its clients but then passes on to the exchanges.

65

---

Table of Contents

Competitive and Regulatory Environment

        Another major external market factor affecting our business and results of operations is competition, which may take the form of competitive pressure on the commissions we charge for our services or competition for qualified personnel with extensive experience in the specialized markets we serve. We currently compete for the services of skilled brokerage personnel with other wholesale market participants and, more broadly, we compete for the services of highly qualified technology development personnel. We believe that the demand for productive brokers has lessened in recent periods, as the wholesale brokerage industry has been impacted by lower trading volumes and sluggish trading conditions in certain markets we serve and due to the increased importance of technology. However, we believe that there continues to be increased competition to provide brokerage services to a smaller number of market participants in the near term as dealers have exited or reduced their proprietary trading operations.

        In addition, we believe that the continued regulatory uncertainty in certain markets has resulted in lower trading volumes and fewer participants in these markets. GFI Swaps Exchange LLC, our SEF platform, was temporarily registered as a SEF by the CFTC in September 2013 and many of the rules governing the operation of a SEF for swaps in the U.S. became effective on October 2, 2013. The requirements for SEF trading are still developing and regulations are still being interpreted and analyzed, including their cross-border application. This continues to create uncertainty and depressed volumes, as market participants work to understand how to structure their global business and trading. Additionally, the SEC has not yet finalized its rules for security-based SEFs, nor has it published a timetable for the finalization and implementation of such rules. However, in the long run, we remain optimistic that the regulatory reform of recent years, including requirements for enhanced regulatory transparency, central clearing and efficient execution, will benefit and enable growth in the global derivatives markets.

Technology Development

        Over the past year, we have continued the expansion of our proprietary electronic trade execution capabilities for our SEF and non-SEF businesses, as well as the number of users of our hybrid electronic trading platforms. We continue to believe that our capabilities have provided us with a market leading position to address customer needs and service our markets in light of new regulatory requirements.. For example, revenues from our electronic matching sessions have increased approximately 42% in cash fixed income products in 2014.

        The provision of electronic trade execution requires increasingly complex systems and infrastructures and new regulations may require new business models. Our continued success will depend on our ability to enhance and improve our existing platforms and services, develop and/or license new products and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated needs of the markets and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Financial Overview

        Our results of operations are significantly impacted by the amount of revenues we generate and the amount of compensation and benefits we provide to our employees. The following factors had a

66

---

Table of Contents

significant impact on our revenues and employee costs during the three year period ended December 31, 2014:

        Our total revenues decreased 2.3% to $881.0 million in 2014 from $901.5 million for 2013. The main factors contributing to this decrease in our revenues were:

•

Decreased clearing services revenues due to a decline in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary; and



•

Lower volatility in certain markets in which we provide brokerage services and continued low global interest rate environments, both of which adversely impacted trading volumes.

        Partially offsetting the above factors were the following factors that we believe positively affected our brokerage and other revenues:

•

Increased trading volumes in our financial product category beginning in the latter half of the third quarter, as currency market volatility began to increase from historically low rates;



•

Increased customer usage of our electronic trading platforms and matching sessions in cash fixed income products; and



•

The continued strong performance of our Trayport subsidiary, which led to an increase in our software, analytics and market data revenue.

        The most significant component of our cost structure is employee compensation and benefits, which includes salaries, amortization of sign-on and retention bonuses, incentive compensation and related employee benefits and taxes. Our employee compensation and benefits expense decreased $4.7 million to $511.5 million in 2014 from $516.2 million in 2013.

        Our compensation and employee benefits for all employees have both a fixed and a variable component. Base salaries and benefit costs are primarily fixed for all employees, while performance bonuses constitute the variable portion of our compensation and employee benefits. Within overall compensation and employee benefits, the employment cost of our brokerage personnel is the key component. Bonuses for brokerage personnel are primarily based on individual performance and/or the operating results of their related brokerage desk. Additionally, a portion of our bonus expense is subject to contractual guarantees that may require us to make bonus payments to brokers regardless of their performance in any particular period. For many of our brokerage employees, bonuses constitute a significant component of their overall compensation. Broker performance bonuses decreased to $150.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $151.6 million for the prior year.

        Further, we may pay sign-on bonuses to certain newly-hired brokers and retention bonuses to certain of our existing brokers who agree to long-term employment agreements. These bonuses may be paid in the form of cash, deferred cash, long term equity or forgivable loans, or a combination of the foregoing, and are typically expensed over the term of the related employment agreement for cash bonuses and forgivable loans and the related service period for deferred cash and long term equity, which is generally two to four years. These employment agreements typically contain provisions requiring the repayment of all or a portion of the cash payment or forgivable loan and forfeiture provisions for unvested deferred cash or equity should the employee voluntarily terminate his or her employment or if the employee's employment is terminated for cause during the initial term of the agreement. Sign-on and retention bonuses, when granted, also increase the fixed component of our compensation and employee benefits expense for the remainder of the term over which such bonus is earned by the employee. Compensation expense resulting from the amortization of broker sign-on and retention bonuses was $29.0 million for 2014, as compared to $34.5 million for 2013.

67

---

Table of Contents

Results of Consolidated Operations

        The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

68

---

Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations as a percentage of our revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Net Loss

        GFI's net loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $88.0 million to $108.0 million from a net loss of $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Total revenues decreased by $20.5 million, or 2.3%, to $881.0 million in 2014 from $901.5 million in the prior year. The net decrease in total revenues was primarily due to lower clearing services revenues, which decreased $23.6 million, or 17.0%, and lower brokerage revenues, which decreased $10.5 million, or 1.6%,

69

---

Table of Contents

partially offset by higher Software, analytics and market data revenues, which increased $12.5 million, or 13.8%, largely due to the factors set forth above under the "Financial Overview" section.

        Total interest and transaction-based expenses decreased $25.9 million to $128.6 million in 2014. The decrease was primarily due to lower transaction fees on clearing services at our Kyte subsidiary, due to the factors discussed below under the heading "Interest and Transaction-Based Expenses".

        Total expenses, excluding interest and transaction-based expenses, increased by $121.0 million, or 15.7%, to $889.3 million for 2014. The increase was primarily related to aggregate non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $121.6 million recorded in the second quarter of 2014 and, to a lesser extent, an increase in professional fees related to the then-pending CME Merger. Slightly offsetting these charges were (i) lower broker bonus expense, (ii) lower broker salary expense on reduced brokerage personnel headcount and (iii) a decrease in Other expenses, principally related to legal costs incurred during the first quarter of 2013 in connection with previously opened desks and offices.

Revenues

        The following table sets forth the changes in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the same period in 2013 (dollars in thousands, except percentage data):

        Brokerage Revenues—We offer our brokerage services in four broad product categories: fixed income, equity, financial, and commodity. Below is a discussion of our brokerage revenues by product category for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 2013.

•

Broker productivity (defined as total brokerage revenues during the period divided by average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for the period) across all product categories was $597 thousand for 2014 an increase of approximately 6.6% when compared to 2013.

Management periodically reevaluates its estimation of brokerage headcount by product category with regard to brokers who broker multiple products and with regard to employees whose positions may have changed between front-office and support staff. For comparative purposes,

70

---

Table of Contents

prior year average monthly brokerage personnel headcount amounts disclosed below have been adjusted to conform to the methodology used in the current period.

•

Fixed income product brokerage revenues decreased $2.3 million, or 1.3%, in 2014 compared to 2013. Revenues from cash fixed income products increased less than 1%, while revenues from fixed income derivative products decreased by approximately 4.5% in the year. The overall decrease in fixed income product revenue was largely driven by lower fixed income derivative revenues as a result of continued low global interest rates and lower volatility, as well as ongoing regulatory change which had an adverse effect on this product category. Partially offsetting this decrease was a full year of revenues generated by new desks which commenced operations during the second quarter of 2013, as well as an increase in revenues generated by our electronic matching sessions in cash fixed income products. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for fixed income products decreased by 19 to 280 employees in 2014.



•

Equity product brokerage revenues decreased $10.7 million, or 9.2%, in 2014. The decrease was largely attributable to lower equity derivative trading volumes in the U.S., and reduced brokerage personnel headcount in this product category. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for equity products decreased by 24 to 162 employees in 2014.



•

Financial product brokerage revenues increased $10.4 million, or 5.4%, in 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to increased trading volumes in this product category beginning in the latter half of the third quarter as currency market volatility began to increase from historically low rates. This increase was partially offset by low trading volumes exhibited throughout the first half of 2014, which was characterized by low volatility and the unfavorable effects of an evolving regulatory environment, as well as a reduced brokerage personnel headcount in this product category. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for financial products decreased by 38 to 352 employees in 2014.



•

The decrease in commodity product brokerage revenues of $7.9 million, or 4.9%, in 2014 was primarily attributable to lower trading volumes in the U.S., principally as a result of reduced trading operations of certain commodities dealers amid the uncertainty surrounding the regulatory landscape for certain market participants and transactions. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in our commodity brokerage revenues in Europe. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for commodity products decreased by 9 to 269 employees in 2014.

Clearing Services Revenue

•

Clearing services revenues decreased by$23.6 million, or 17.0% to $115.5 million for 2014, due to a decrease in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary. Clearing services revenues are related solely to the operations of Kyte and consist of fees charged to our clearing service customers for clearing, settlement and other services. Kyte also incurs exchange fees on behalf of its customers, which Kyte then charges to its customers, and are therefore included in equal amounts in both revenues and expenses.

71

---

Table of Contents

Other Revenues

•

Other revenues were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

        Other revenues increased by $13.7 million to $130.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily related to an increase in software revenues at our Trayport subsidiary, largely due to an expansion of product and service offerings to its existing customer base. The increase in Other revenues was also due, in part, to:

          (i)  a $6.4 million net increase in net realized and unrealized gains associated with foreign currency forward contracts used to hedge revenues, expenses and certain foreign currency assets. This increase was primarily driven by the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro and the British Pound; and

         (ii)  a net increase of $1.6 million in Other, which was largely related to a decrease in our estimate of the contingent consideration liability associated with the acquisition of Contigo Limited.

        These increases were partially offset by a $6.2 million increase in net losses on remeasurement of foreign currency transactions and balances primarily due to (i) the weakening of certain foreign currencies against the U.S. Dollar, particularly the Euro and British Pound and (ii) a translation gain on liquidation of a foreign subsidiary during the third quarter of 2013. Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses result from the remeasurement of asset and liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the business unit involved in such transactions.

Interest and Transaction-Based Expenses

•

The decrease in total interest and transaction-based expenses of $25.9 million in 2014 was primarily due to a decrease in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary. Kyte pays to use the services of third parties who act as general clearing members of clearing houses in order to clear cash and derivative products for its customers. Kyte also incurs exchange fees on each trade, which they pass through to their customers and which are therefore included in equal amounts in both revenues and expenses. The margin on clearing services revenues increased to 6.1% for 2014 as compared to 3.6% for the prior year, principally due to lower trading volumes during 2014 and more favorable margins obtained from the restructuring of certain contracts with clearing customers.

72

---

Table of Contents

Expenses

        The following table sets forth the changes in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 (dollars in thousands, except percentage data):

Compensation and Employee Benefits

•

The decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense of $4.7 million for 2014 was primarily due to (i) lower broker performance bonus expense resulting from lower brokerage revenues during 2014, (ii) lower broker salary expense on reduced brokerage personnel headcount and (iii) a decrease in amortization expense on previously paid sign-on and retention bonuses and share-based compensation. Partially offsetting this decrease was higher back office salaries expense related to the hiring of additional technology and regulatory compliance personnel.



•

Total compensation and employee benefits, as a percentage of revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses, decreased to 68.0% in 2014 from 69.1% in the prior year.



•

Performance bonus expense represented 35.7% and 35.3% of total compensation and employee benefits expense for the years 2014 and 2013, respectively. A portion of our bonus expense is subject to contractual guarantees that may require us to make bonus payments to brokers regardless of their performance in any particular period. Additionally, sign-on and retention bonus expense, which includes the amortization of cash sign-on and retention bonuses initially paid in prior periods, represented 5.9% and 7.1% of total compensation and employee benefits expense for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

All Other Expenses

•

The increase in professional fees of $17.4 million was largely attributable to services provided to the Company related to the then-pending CME Merger during 2014.



•

The increase in rent and occupancy expense of $2.9 million was due to a combination of individually small items, including one of our U.K. subsidiaries relocating to office space with a higher rental cost during the second quarter of 2013.

73

---

Table of Contents

•

The decrease in other expenses of $3.1 million was primarily attributable to legal costs incurred during 2013 in connection with previously opened desks and offices.



•

The increase in interest on borrowings of $2.0 million was largely due to higher interest expense on our 8.375% Senior Notes during 2014 as a result of the effect of downgrades to the Company's credit rating by rating agencies in 2013.



•

The decrease in communications and market data expense of $1.1 million was primarily due to cost savings from lower expenditures on price quotation systems.



•

The increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $1.0 million in 2014 was predominantly due to higher depreciation expense on SEF related internal-use software.



•

As discussed in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, during the second quarter of 2014, we recorded non-cash, pre-tax charges of $121.6 million related to the impairment of goodwill in three of our reporting units: (i) $83.3 million recorded in Americas Brokerage, (ii) $14.8 million recorded in EMEA Brokerage and (iii) $23.5 million recorded in our Clearing and Backed Trading. In addition, we also recorded impairment charges of $4.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 to write down the carrying value of Kyte Group Limited's ("KGL") long-lived assets, which were classified as held for sale on the December 31, 2014 Statements of Financial Condition. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Income Taxes

•

We recorded a benefit from income taxes of $30.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The net increase in benefit from income taxes was primarily a result of a $29.2 million discrete tax benefit attributable to non-cash goodwill impairment recorded in the U.S. during the second quarter of 2014. The year ended December 31, 2013 were primarily impacted by the following items: (i) a tax benefit of $2.7 million under the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 related to taxes previously provided for, (ii) a tax benefit of $1.2 million arising from a change in our view about the deductibility of a reserve previously deemed nondeductible, as a result of new information received in the first quarter of 2013 and (iii) the release of a tax liability of $1.4 million in a foreign subsidiary where the statute of limitations has now expired. The effective tax rates for both periods were impacted by a geographical mix of pre-tax profits and losses.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net Loss

        GFI's net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $10.0 million to $20.0 million from a net loss of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total revenues decreased by $23.1 million, or 2.5%, to $901.5 million in 2013 from $924.6 million in the prior year. The net decrease in total revenues was primarily due to lower brokerage revenues, which decreased $50.1 million, or 7.2%, largely due to the factors set forth above under the "Financial Overview" section, partially offset by higher Clearing services revenues due to increased trading activity and a variation in the mix of products and exchanges utilized by new and existing clearing service customers of our Kyte subsidiary.

        Total interest and transaction-based expenses increased $17.0 million to $154.5 million in 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher transaction fees on clearing services at our Kyte subsidiary, due to the same factors mentioned above and discussed in more detail below under the heading "Interest and Transaction-Based Expenses".

74

---

Table of Contents

        Total expenses, excluding interest and transaction-based expenses, decreased by $20.0 million, or 2.5%, to $768.3 million for 2013. The decrease was primarily due to lower performance bonus expense on lower brokerage revenues in 2013, as well as lower costs due to initiatives implemented during the past two years to rationalize our cost structure including, (i) lower salary expense on reduced brokerage personnel headcount, (ii) lower costs for communications and market data and (iii) lower travel and promotion expenses. Partially offsetting these decreases was an aggregate non-cash impairment charge of $19.6 million in 2013.

Revenues

        The following table sets forth the changes in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012 (dollars in thousands, except percentage data):

        Brokerage Revenues—We offer our brokerage services in four broad product categories: fixed income, equity, financial, and commodity. Below is a discussion of our brokerage revenues by product category for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 2012.

•

Broker productivity (defined as total brokerage revenues during the period divided by average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for the period) across all product categories was $560 thousand for 2013 and remained relatively unchanged when compared to 2012.

Management periodically reevaluates its estimation of brokerage headcount by product category with regard to brokers who broker multiple products and with regard to employees whose positions may have changed between front-office and support staff. For comparative purposes, 2013 and 2012 average monthly brokerage personnel headcount amounts disclosed below have been adjusted to conform to the methodology used in the current period.

•

Fixed income product brokerage revenues decreased $12.6 million, or 6.7%, in 2013 compared to 2012. Revenues from cash fixed income products decreased approximately 3.9% and revenues from fixed income derivative products decreased by 11.0% in the year. The overall decrease in fixed income product revenue was largely due to lower market volatility and regulatory concerns

75

---

Table of Contents

partially offset by additional revenues from the hiring of new fixed income brokerage personnel. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for fixed income products increased by 13 to 299 employees in 2013.

•

Equity product brokerage revenues decreased $19.2 million, or 14.2%, in 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower cash equity and equity derivative trading volumes in Europe and the U.S., and reduced brokerage personnel headcount in this product category. The revenue decline generally correlates with the volume declines in the equity exchange markets. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for equity products decreased by 37 to 186 employees in 2013.



•

Financial product brokerage revenues increased $6.8 million, or 3.7%, in 2013. The increase was primarily attributable higher market volatility in the first half of 2013 related to divergent monetary policy in the U.S. and Japan. This increase was partially offset by reduced brokerage personnel headcount in this product category and regulatory concerns in the latter half of 2013. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for financial products decreased by 22 to 390 employees in 2013.



•

The decrease in commodity product brokerage revenues of $25.0 million, or 13.4%, in 2013 was due, in part, to lower energy trading volumes in the U.S. and reduced brokerage personnel headcount in this product category. We believe that trading volumes in commodity products were impacted by (i) uncertainty surrounding the regulatory landscape for certain market participants and transactions, and (ii) the reduced trading operations of certain commodities dealers. The revenue decline generally correlates with the revenue decline across OTC and exchange markets in this product category. Our average monthly brokerage personnel headcount for commodity products decreased by 37 to 278 employees in 2013.

Clearing Services Revenue

•

Clearing services revenues increased by 17.9% to $21.1 million for 2013, due to an increase in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary. Clearing services revenues consist of fees charged to our clearing service customers for clearing, settlement and other services. Kyte also incurs exchange fees on behalf of its customers, which Kyte then charges to its customers, and are therefore included in equal amounts in both revenues and expenses.

Other Revenues

•

Other revenues were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

76

---

Table of Contents

        Other revenues increased by $5.9 million to $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was largely related to (i) an increase in software revenues at our Trayport and FENICS® subsidiaries, due to expansion of their customer base and their products and services offered, and (ii) a net increase of $5.7 million related to the remeasurement of foreign currency transactions and balances, including a translation gain on the liquidation of a foreign subsidiary of $1.6 million. Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses result from the remeasurement of asset and liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the business unit involved in such transactions.

        Offsetting this increase in Other revenues was (i) a net decrease of $4.1 million in net realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to foreign currency forward contracts and (ii) a net decrease of $1.8 million in Other, which was due, in large part, to a decrease in our estimated future purchase commitment to acquire the residual 30% equity interest in Kyte when compared to the prior year.

Interest and Transaction-Based Expenses

•

The increase in total interest and transaction-based expenses of $16.9 million in 2013 was primarily due to an increase in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary. Kyte pays to use the services of third parties who act as general clearing members of clearing houses in order to clear cash and derivative products for its customers. Kyte also incurs exchange fees on each trade, which they pass through to their customers and which are therefore included in equal amounts in both revenues and expenses. The gross margin on clearing services revenues remained consistent at 3.6% for the year.

Expenses

        The following table sets forth the changes in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012 (dollars in thousands, except percentage data):

77

---

Table of Contents

Compensation and Employee Benefits

•

The $30.3 million decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense for 2013 was primarily due to (i) lower broker performance bonus expense resulting from lower brokerage revenues, (ii) lower salary expense on reduced brokerage personnel headcount and (iii) initiatives implemented in the last two years to rationalize our aggregate compensation expense and increase the flexibility of our compensation arrangements.



•

Total compensation and employee benefits, as a percentage of revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses, decreased to 69.1% in 2013 from 69.4% in the prior year.



•

Performance bonus expense represented 35.3% and 36.7% of total compensation and employee benefits expense for the years 2013 and 2012, respectively. A portion of our bonus expense is subject to contractual guarantees that may require us to make bonus payments to brokers regardless of their performance in any particular period. Additionally, sign-on and retention bonus expense, which includes the amortization of cash sign-on and retention bonuses initially paid in prior periods, represented 7.1% and 7.0% of total compensation and employee benefits expense for 2013 and 2012, respectively.

All Other Expenses

•

The decrease in communications and market data expense of $6.9 million for 2013 was primarily due to a reduction in brokerage headcount, as well as cost savings initiatives implemented during the past two years.



•

The decrease in travel and promotion expense of $5.0 million in 2013 was predominantly due to a reduction in brokerage headcount and our efforts to reduce travel and promotion expense.



•

The increase in rent and occupancy expense of $4.7 million was primarily due to a gain of $3.2 in the prior year related to an adjustment of a loss accrual on a sublease of our former headquarters.



•

During 2013, we recorded non-cash charges of $19.6 million related to the impairment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. The most significant of these charges was a non-cash, pre-tax charge of $18.9 million recorded during the fourth quarter of 2013 within our Clearing and Backed Trading reporting unit. This impairment was largely due to a decrease in the forecasted cash flows of our Kyte subsidiary, reflecting a decrease in the expected revenues and margins previously estimated by management.

Income Taxes

•

We recorded a benefit from income taxes of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to a provision for income taxes of $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The net decrease in income taxes was primarily due to: (i) changes in the geographic mix of our profits, (ii) a tax benefit of $2.7 million under the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 related to taxes previously provided for, (iii) a tax benefit of $1.2 million arising from a change in our view about the deductibility of a reserve previously deemed nondeductible, as a result of new information received in the first quarter of 2013 and (iv) the release of a $1.4 million reserve in a foreign subsidiary where the statute of limitations has now expired.

Results of Segment Operations

        Based on the nature of our operations, products and services in each geographic region, we determined that we have four reportable segments: (i) Americas Brokerage, EMEA Brokerage, (iii) Asia Brokerage and (iv) Clearing and Backed Trading. Our brokerage operations provide

78

---

Table of Contents

brokerage services in four broad product categories: fixed income, financial, equity and commodity. Our Clearing and Backed Trading segment encompasses our clearing, risk management, settlement and other back-office services, as well as the capital we provide to start-up trading groups, small hedge funds, market-makers and individual traders. All Other includes the results of our software, analytics and market data operations. All Other also includes revenues and expenses that are not directly assignable to one of our reportable segments, primarily consisting of indirect costs related to our brokerage segments as well as all our corporate business activities.

        The following tables summarize our Total revenues, Revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses, Other expenses and Income (loss) before income taxes by segment:

 

 

Segment Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Total Revenues

•

Total revenues for Americas Brokerage decreased $32.4 million, or 12.4%, in 2014 compared with the prior year. Total revenues for EMEA Brokerage and Asia Brokerage increased $19.1 million, or 6.2%, and $6.9 million, or 10.2%, respectively. Total revenues for our three brokerage segments decreased by $6.4 million, or 1%, to $624.9 million for 2014. The decrease in total revenues for our brokerage segments was primarily due to the factors described above under "Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013."

79

---

Table of Contents

•

Total revenues for Clearing and Backed Trading decreased $29.1 million, or 16.5%, to $147.3 million for 2014. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in clearing services revenues as a result of a decrease in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary.



•

Total revenues for All Other increased by $15.0 million, or 16.8%, to $104.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily as a result of an increase in software revenues at our Trayport subsidiary due to the expansion of product and service offerings to its existing customer base. Also contributing to the increase was a net increase in Other income, net largely related to a gain on the mark-to-market of the contingent consideration liability associated with the acquisition of Contigo Limited.

Total interest and transaction-based expenses

•

Total interest and transaction-based fees for our three brokerage segments increased by $0.5 million, or 2.4%, to $20.9 million in 2014.



•

Total interest and transaction-based fees for our Clearing and Backed Trading segment decreased by $24.9 million to $110.6 million in 2014 from $135.5 million in the prior year primarily due a decrease in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary.

Other Expenses

•

Other expenses for Americas Brokerage increased $63.1 million, or 34.9%, to $244.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Other expenses for EMEA Brokerage increased $14.1 million, or 6.6%, to $229.2 million for the year. These increases were primarily due to non-cash impairment charges related to goodwill of $83.3 million at Americas Brokerage and $14.8 million at EMEA Brokerage, during the second quarter of 2014. The increase at both segments was partially offset by a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense for the year. Other expenses for Asia Brokerage increased $1.2 million, or 2.3%, to $52.9 million for the year, largely as a result of increased employee compensation and benefits expense. Total Other expenses for our three brokerage segments increased by $78.4 million, or 17.5%, to $526.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.



•

For our brokerage segments, we record certain direct expenses, including compensation and employee benefits; however, we do not allocate certain expenses that are managed separately at the corporate level to these operating segments. The unallocated costs including rent and occupancy, depreciation and amortization, professional fees, interest and other expenses are included in the expenses for All Other described below. Management does not believe that allocating these costs to our brokerage segments is optimal for evaluating the performance of its brokerage segments.



•

Other expenses for Clearing and Backed Trading increased $6.6 million, or 11.5%, to $63.8 million in 2014. The increase was primarily related to $23.5 million of non-cash impairment charges recorded on goodwill during the second quarter of 2014. In addition, the increase was also associated with $4.1 million of impairment charges we recorded during the fourth quarter of 2014 to write down the carrying value of KGL's long-lived assets, which were classified as held for sale on the December 31, 2014 Statements of Financial Condition. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.



•

Other expenses in All Other increased by $35.9 million, or 13.7%, to $299.2 million in 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to (i) higher back office salaries expense related to the hiring of additional technology and regulatory compliance personnel, (ii) an increase in professional fees related to the then-pending CME Merger and (iii) higher interest expense on our 8.375% Senior Notes in 2014 primarily as a result of the cumulative effect of downgrades to the

80

---

Table of Contents

Company's credit rating by various rating agencies in 2013. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in Other expenses primarily associated with legal costs incurred during 2013 in connection with previously opened desks and offices.

Segment Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

Total Revenues

•

Total revenues for Americas Brokerage decreased $14.7 million, or 5.3%, to $261.7 million in 2013. Total revenues for EMEA Brokerage decreased $32.0 million, or 9.5%, to $306.5 million for the year. Total revenues for Asia Brokerage decreased $4.3 million, or 6.1%, to $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $71.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total revenues for our three brokerage segments decreased by $51.0 million, or 7.4%, to $635.8 million for 2013. The decrease in total revenues for our brokerage segments was primarily due to the factors described above under "Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012."



•

Total revenues for Clearing and Backed Trading increased $16.4 million, or 10.3%, to $176.3 million for 2013. The increase was due primarily to an increase in clearing services revenues as a result of an increase in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary, as well as a variation in the products and exchanges utilized by their clearing service customers.



•

Total revenues included in All Other primarily consisted of revenues generated from sales of software, analytics and market data. Total revenues for All Other increased by $11.4 million, or 14.6%, to $89.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was due, in large part, to an increase in software revenues at our Trayport and Fenics subsidiaries due to the expansion of their customer base and the products and services offered. Also contributing to the increase was a net gain on revaluation of balances denominated in currencies other than their functional currency, including a translation gain on the liquidation of a foreign subsidiary. Partially offsetting this increase was a net decrease in realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to foreign currency forward contracts used to hedge certain non-U.S. dollar assets, liabilities and anticipated revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies.

Total interest and transaction-based expenses

•

Total interest and transaction-based fees for our three brokerage segments decreased by $3.3 million, or 13.9%, to $20.4 million in 2013. This decline was consistent with the net decline in our revenues for those products for which we incur transaction-based fees.



•

Total interest and transaction-based fees for our Clearing and Backed Trading segment increased by $20.2 million to $135.5 million in 2013 from $115.3 million in the prior year primarily due an increase in the number of trades cleared by our Kyte subsidiary, as well as variations in the mix of products and exchanges utilized by existing and new clearing service customers.

Other Expenses

•

Other expenses for Americas Brokerage decreased $11.9 million, or 6.2%, to $181.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Other expenses for EMEA Brokerage decreased $30.3 million, or 12.3%, to $215.1 million for the year. Other expenses for Asia Brokerage decreased $5.0 million, or 8.9%, to $51.7 million for the year. Total Other expenses for our three brokerage segments decreased by $47.2 million, or 9.5%, to $447.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease across all brokerage segments was due, in large part, to a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense resulting from lower performance

81

---

Table of Contents

bonus expense on lower brokerage revenues for 2013 and lower salary expense due to reduced brokerage personnel headcount. The decrease was also due to global initiatives we implemented during the last two years to rationalize our aggregate compensation expense and increase the flexibility of our compensation arrangements.

•

For our brokerage segments, we record certain direct expenses, including compensation and employee benefits; however, we do not allocate certain expenses that are managed separately at the corporate level to these operating segments. The unallocated costs including rent and occupancy, depreciation and amortization, professional fees, interest and other expenses are included in the expenses for All Other described below. Management does not believe that allocating these costs to our brokerage segments is optimal for evaluating the performance of its brokerage segments.



•

Other expenses for Clearing and Backed Trading increased $19.3 million, or 50.9%, to $57.2 million in 2013. The increase was primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge taken in the fourth quarter of 2013 of $18.9 million. The increase was also partially due to higher performance bonus expense as a result of increased trading revenues for this segment. These increases were slightly offset by a decrease in communications and market data expenses for this segment.



•

Other expenses in All Other increased by $7.9 million, or 3.1%, to $263.3 million in 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation and employee benefits expense related to increased technology headcount to support our electronic brokerage and software development efforts. The increase was also due to (i) an increase in interest expense relating to our senior notes as a result of rating agency downgrades and (ii) a $3.2 million gain in 2012 related to an adjustment of a loss accrual on a sublease of our former headquarters. Partially offsetting these increases were decreases in Other expenses, travel and promotion and communications and market data due to cost savings initiatives implemented in the past two years to reduce expenses.

82

---

Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth, by quarter, our unaudited Statement of Operations data for the period from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Results of any period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year and may, in certain periods, be affected by seasonal fluctuations in our business.

83

---

Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our quarterly results of operations as a percentage of our Revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses, for the indicated periods:

84

---

Table of Contents

        The tables below detail our brokerage revenues by product category in dollars and as a percentage of our total brokerage revenues for the indicated periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. At December 31, 2014, we had $183.4 million of cash and cash equivalents compared to $174.6 million at December 31, 2013. Included in these amounts are $110.8 million and $89.5 million of cash and cash equivalents held by subsidiaries outside of the United States at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Excluded from the preceding balances is $38.1 million of cash and cash equivalents held by KGL and Kyte Broking Limited ("KBL") which is classified within Assets held for sale on the December 31, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information). We have historically asserted the intent to indefinitely reinvest, with very limited exceptions, the unremitted profits of our foreign subsidiaries. We continue to assert that our historic profits earned in foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested, however, management has concluded that profits earned in certain overseas subsidiaries commencing from January 1, 2013 will ultimately be repatriated to the United States. For profits earned during the year ended December 31, 2014 that are not permanently reinvested, the deferred tax liability for those earnings is zero due to the excess foreign tax credits that will be generated as a result of repatriation.

        In addition, included within Assets held for sale are receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations that are cash balances which represent amounts clearing customers have on deposit with KGL, our subsidiary which provides clearing services. KGL deposits these amounts with third parties who act as general clearing members of clearing houses in order to clear cash and derivative products for KGL's customers. These amounts, while due to us from the general clearing members, ultimately represent cash payable to our clearing customers. Included within Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are cash, including deposits, held at clearing organizations and exchanges to facilitate settlement and clearance of matched principal transactions, and spreads on matched principal transactions that have not yet been remitted from clearing organizations and exchanges. We estimate that cash held at clearing organizations, net of amounts owed to our clearing customers and net of clearing customer cash included within Cash and cash equivalents, was $44.4 million (excluding aggregate Cash held at clearing organizations, net of customer cash of $1.9 million related to KGL and KBL, which is included within Assets held for sale) and $52.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

85

---

Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our cash position as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        We believe that, based on current levels of operations, our cash from operations, together with our current cash holdings and available borrowings under our credit agreement with Bank of America N.A. and certain other lenders (the "Credit Agreement"), will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months. Poor financial results, unanticipated expenses or unanticipated acquisitions or strategic investments could give rise to additional financing requirements sooner than we expect. There can be no assurance that equity or debt financing will be available when needed or, if available, that the financing will be on terms satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current stockholders.

Sources and Uses of Cash

        The following table sets forth our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the indicated periods.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $56.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a net increase in cash provided by operating activities of $37.0 million. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a $69.6 reduction in working capital employed in the business for the year ended December 31, 2014. Such items include changes in (i) accrued compensation and accounts payable, (ii) receivables from/payables to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations, (iii) payables to clearing service customers, (iv) accounts receivable, and (v) other assets and liabilities, largely attributable to deferred tax assets. In addition, the increase in cash provided by operating activities was also attributable to a $55.3 million increase in non-cash items that reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with the prior year. The increase in non-cash items was primarily related to $126.3 million of aggregate non-cash impairment charges recorded on goodwill and long-lived assets during 2014, partially offset by an increase in benefit for deferred taxes in 2014.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $48.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a net decrease in cash provided by operating activities of $29.7 million. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a $26.7 increase in cash used for working capital in the year ended December 31, 2013. Such items include changes in (i) payables to clearing service customers, (ii) accounts receivable, (iii) accrued compensation and accounts payable, (iv) receivables from/payables to brokers, dealers, and clearing organizations, and (v) other assets and

86

---

Table of Contents

liabilities, largely attributable to deferred tax assets and interest payable. The decrease was also due to an increase in net loss before attribution to non-controlling stockholders of $9.5 million, from $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Partially offsetting these uses of cash was a $6.5 million increase in non-cash items that reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in the prior year. Such items include impairment charges, the mark-to-market of a future purchase commitment, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, change in deferred income taxes and net losses (gains) on foreign exchange derivative contracts.

        Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $18.4 million compared to net cash used of $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase in cash provided by investing activities of $60.5 million. The increase in net cash provided by investing activities was primarily related to an increase proceeds from the disposition of interests in unconsolidated businesses and available-for-sale securities during 2014.

        Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $42.1 million compared to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $26.6 million. The increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily related to (i) an increase in purchases of equity method investments of $10.6 million (ii) an increase in business acquisitions of $5.8 million (iii) an increase of cash paid for property, equipment and leasehold improvements of $6.5 million and (iv) an increase of $5.0 million in net payments due to the settlement of foreign exchange derivative hedge contracts.

        Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $23.3 million compared to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $6.8 million. This decrease in net cash used was primarily due to a decrease in cash dividends paid for the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting from the second quarter 2014 suspension of dividend payments related to the then-pending CME Merger.

        Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $30.1 million compared to $55.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $25.0 million. This decrease in net cash used was primarily due to a decrease in the purchase of treasury stock during the year ended December 31, 2013 and a decrease in cash dividends paid for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from the acceleration of the payment of the dividend for the fourth quarter 2012 to December 2012.

Regulatory Requirements

        Our liquidity and available cash resources are, in part, restricted by the regulatory capital requirements of certain of our material operating subsidiaries, including GFI Securities LLC, Amerex Brokers LLC, GFI Swaps Exchange LLC, GFI Securities Limited, GFI Brokers Limited, The Kyte Group Limited, Kyte Broking Limited, GFI (HK) Securities LLC, GFI (HK) Brokers Ltd, GFI Group PTE Ltd and GFI Korea Money Brokerage Limited. These operating subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital requirements and/or licensing and financial requirements imposed by their respective market regulators. In addition, these subsidiaries may be prohibited from repaying the borrowings of their parents or affiliates, paying cash dividends, making loans to their parent or affiliates or otherwise entering into transactions, in each case, that result in a significant reduction in their regulatory capital position without prior notification or approval from their principal regulator. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our regulatory requirements.

Short and Long Term Debt

        Our outstanding debt at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 consists of $240.0 million of our 8.375% Senior Notes and $10.0 million of borrowings under our Credit Agreement. As of

87

---

Table of Contents

December 31, 2014, the available borrowing capacity under our Credit Agreement was $65.0 million. The 8.375% Senior Notes mature in July 2018 and the Credit Agreement matures in December 2015. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our debt.

        In July 2014 we entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement. The financial covenants contained in our Credit Agreement require that we maintain minimum consolidated capital, as defined, of no less than $375,000 at any time. The $121,619 in goodwill impairment and $4,061 in long-lived asset impairment recorded in the three months ended June 30 and December 31, 2014, respectively, reduced our consolidated capital below $375,000. The amendment executed in July 2014 reduces the required minimum amount of consolidated capital by any goodwill or asset impairment charge in an aggregate amount not to exceed $160,000 contained in our financial statements in any of the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014 or December 31, 2014. The Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

        Failure to comply with this financial covenant would result in an event of default under our Credit Agreement unless waived by our lenders. An event of default under our Credit Agreement can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facilities, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing our debt securities as well. As of December 31, 2014, we were in full compliance with the financial covenant described above.

        In February 2015, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Credit Agreement to permit the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement, including by amending the definition of "Change of Control" to permit BGC to acquire shares of the equity of the Company in excess of 35% without triggering a "Change of Control" under the Credit Agreement.

Credit Ratings

        As of December 31, 2014, we maintained the following public long-term credit ratings and associated outlooks:

        Credit ratings and outlooks can be revised at any time if such rating agency decides the circumstances warrant a revision. In addition, a reduction in our rating may affect the availability of future debt financing and the terms that are available to us.

        On January 18, 2013, Moody's Investor Services ("Moody's") lowered its credit rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes two notches to B1, which increased our applicable per annum interest, effective January 19, 2013, by an additional 50 basis points. On April 19, 2013, Fitch lowered its credit rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes two notches to BB and revised its outlook from Stable to Negative. This credit rating downgrade by Fitch increased our applicable per annum interest, effective July 19, 2013, by an additional 50 basis points. On June 26, 2013, Standard & Poor's ("S&P") further lowered its credit rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes one notch to B+ and revised its outlook from Negative to Stable. This credit rating downgrade by S&P increased our applicable per annum interest by an additional 25 basis points, effective July 19, 2013.

        Pursuant to the terms of the 8.375% Senior Notes, the cumulative effect of downgrades to our credit rating by the various rating agencies during 2012 and 2013 increased the per annum interest rate on the 8.375% Senior Notes by 200 basis points over the original interest rate, which is the maximum increase permitted under the indenture. The increased interest rate equates to $4.8 million in

88

---

Table of Contents

additional interest expense per annum, based on the aggregate amount of outstanding principal as of December 31, 2014.

        On June 19, 2014, S&P further lowered its credit rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes one notch to B. On June 24, 2014, Fitch further lowered its credit rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes one notch to BB–. The June 2014 downgrades did not have an impact on the per annum interest rate on our 8.375% Senior Notes, as the maximum interest rate increase permitted under the indenture has already been reached.

        On July 30, 2014, Moody's placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on review for upgrade following the announcement of the CME Merger. On October 23, 2014, Moody's continued its review for upgrade following the announcement of BGC's unsolicited conditional tender offer to purchase all outstanding shares of our common stock. On July 30, 2014, S&P placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on CreditWatch with positive implications following the announcement of the CME Merger. On October 29, 2014, S&P indicated its rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes remained on CreditWatch with positive implications following BGC's unsolicited conditional tender offer to purchase all outstanding shares of our common stock. On July 31, 2014, Fitch placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on Rating Watch Positive following the announcement of the CME Merger. On September 11, 2014, Fitch indicated its rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes remains on Rating Watch Positive.

        On February 3, 2015, Fitch further lowered its credit rating on our 8.375% Senior Notes two notches to B and placed the 8.375% Senior Notes rating on Rating Watch Evolving, following the termination of the CME Merger. On February 4, 2015, Moody's placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on review for downgrade following the termination of the CME Merger. On February 5, 2015, S&P placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on CreditWatch Developing following the termination of the CME Merger.

        On February 24, 2015, Moody's continued its review for downgrade on our 8.375% Senior Notes after our Board of Directors unanimously agreed to support BGC's tender offer for all of the outstanding shares of GFI common stock. On March 3, 2015, Fitch placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on Rating Watch Positive following the successful completion of BGC's tender offer for GFI shares. On March 9, 2015, S&P placed our 8.375% Senior Notes rating on CreditWatch Positive following the successful completion of BGC's tender offer for GFI shares.

Dividends Paid

        Prior to 2008, we retained all earnings for investment in our business. In February 2008, our Board of Directors approved a policy of paying quarterly dividends, subject to available cash flow from operations, other considerations and the determination of the amount by our Board of Directors. In the third quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the Company's amendment of the CME Merger, the Board suspended the payment of quarterly dividends, and therefore, the Company did not pay a cash dividend during the third or fourth quarter of 2014. In December 2012, our Board of Directors declared a dividend for the fourth quarter of 2012 on an accelerated basis. The dividend was declared and paid in December 2012 and we, therefore, did not pay a cash dividend during the first quarter of 2013. Cash dividends paid for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were approximately $12.5 million $18.2 million and $29.6 million, respectively.

Common Stock

        We may purchase additional shares of our common stock on the open market from time to time in accordance with a stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II—Item 8 for further discussion of the stock repurchase program.

89

---

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

        We have unrecognized tax benefits (net of the federal benefit on state positions) of approximately $8.4 million, excluding interest of $1.2 million. Due to the uncertainty of the amounts to be ultimately paid as well as the timing of such payments, all liabilities for uncertain tax positions that have not been paid are excluded from the Contractual Obligations and Commitments table.

        We have contingent consideration liabilities with an aggregate estimated fair value of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2014. Due to the uncertainty of the amounts to be ultimately paid, these liabilities have been excluded from the Contractual Obligations and Commitments table.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        The Company did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2014, as defined in Item 303(A)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

General

        This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We believe that

90

---

Table of Contents

the accounting estimates employed and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made; if different estimates reasonably could have been used; or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur periodically could materially impact the financial statements. We believe that our application of the policies discussed below involve significant levels of judgment, estimates and complexity in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Certain of our assets and liabilities are carried at fair value, the majority of which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are recorded at fair value, and included in Other Assets and Other liabilities, respectively. Contingent consideration and Future purchase commitments, if any, are also recorded at fair value, and included in Other liabilities.

        Our financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value have been categorized into a three-level fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10, based on the transparency and priority of inputs, where Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 generally uses either broker quotes or other than quoted prices that are observable for that asset or liability, and Level 3 uses valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs.

        Fair value is a market based measure; therefore, when market observable inputs are not available, our judgment is applied to reflect those judgments that a market participant would use in valuing the same asset or liability. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available. The valuation of financial instruments classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy involves the greatest amount of management judgment. In arriving at an estimate of fair value for a Level 3 instrument, management must determine the appropriate model to use and then asses all relevant valuation inputs. These unobservable valuation inputs and assumptions may differ by investment and in the application of our valuation methodologies. The use of different methods or changes in assumptions in determining fair value could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

        For further disclosures on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, see Note 3 and Note 17 in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Variable Interest Entities

        We determine whether we hold any interests in entities deemed to be a variable interest entity ("VIE"). A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the following characteristics (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. We have a controlling financial interest and will consolidate a VIE if we are the primary beneficiary.

        The primary beneficiary is the party that has both (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could be potentially significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could be potentially significant.

91

---

Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2014, we hold interests in certain VIEs. One of these VIEs is consolidated because it was determined that we are the primary beneficiary of this VIE because: (1) we provided the majority of the start-up capital and (2) we have consent rights on activities that we believe would most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The remaining VIEs are not consolidated as it was determined that we are not the primary beneficiary, most commonly due the determination that we lacked significant equity ownership and voting power. We reassess our initial evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain events occur, such as changes in economic ownership and voting power. We reassess our determination of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

Capitalization of Software Development Costs

        We capitalize certain costs of software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, maintenance and all other post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. Our policy provides for the capitalization of certain payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with internal use computer software projects, as well as external direct costs of materials and services associated with developing or obtaining internal use software. Capitalized personnel costs are limited to time directly spent on such projects. Capitalized costs are ratably amortized, using the straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives, which are typically over three years. Our judgment as to which costs to capitalize, when to begin capitalizing such costs and what period to amortize the costs over, may materially affect our results of operations. If management determines that the fair value of the software is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the difference between the fair value and the carrying value.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually and more frequently when indicators of impairment exist. All of our goodwill is allocated to our reporting units and the goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level. We have determined our reporting units to be Americas Brokerage, EMEA Brokerage, Asia Brokerage, Clearing and Backed Trading, Trayport, and Fenics. ASC 350 gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of greater than 50 percent) that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If it is determined, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, or if the company decides to exercise its unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment, then the company would proceed to a two-step quantitative impairment test. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value, including goodwill and allocated intangible assets. If the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, the goodwill for the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then a second step is performed in order to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any, which is based on comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill to the fair value of the net assets of the reporting unit.

        We allocate Assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, and liabilities to our reporting units in determining the carrying amount of each respective reporting unit. The assets and liabilities are allocated to our reporting units based on based on how our businesses are managed and how those assets and liabilities are deployed in managing the business. Intangible assets are allocated to a reporting unit based on either specifically identifying a particular intangible asset as pertaining to a

92

---

Table of Contents

reporting unit or, if shared among reporting units, based on an assessment of the reporting unit's benefit from the intangible asset in order to generate results.

        Based on the results of the annual impairment tests performed during 2013, an impairment charge of $18,918 was recognized at the Clearing and Backed Trading reporting unit during the fourth quarter of 2013, while the Americas Brokerage reporting unit's fair value exceeded its carrying value by less than 10%.

        During 2014, we periodically performed assessments in order to identify any events or changes in circumstances that would warrant interim impairment testing, including significant under-performance of our business relative to expected operating results, significant adverse economic and industry trends, significant decline in the Company's market capitalization for an extended period of time relative to net book value, and events affecting a reporting unit such as the expectation of disposing all, or a portion of, a reporting unit . As discussed in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in July 2014 the Company had entered into a series of agreements with CME, including the CME Merger Agreement and the IDB Purchase Agreement, which were subsequently terminated on January 30, 2015. These agreements, along with the other aforementioned triggering events, indicated potential impairment of the Americas and EMEA brokerage and Clearing and Backed Trading reporting units. . As a result, the we conducted an impairment analysis on those reporting units during the second quarter of 2014. During this interim impairment testing it was determined that the carrying value as of June 30, 2014 of the Americas Brokerage, EMEA Brokerage and Clearing and Backed Trading reporting units exceeded the fair value indicated by the transaction price. Consequently, we performed a second step to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any, to each reporting unit's goodwill. As a result, we determined that the fair value of each reporting unit's goodwill was $0, resulting in aggregate impairment charges of $121,619 to write-off goodwill.

        During our annual impairment test, as of November 1, 2014, we performed a qualitative assessment on our Trayport and Fenics reporting units, our reporting units with remaining goodwill balances, and concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount.

        Subsequent to November 1, 2014, no events or changes in circumstances occurred which would indicate any goodwill impairment through the filing date of this Form 10-K.

Contingencies

        In the normal course of business, we have been named as defendants in various lawsuits and proceedings and have been involved in certain regulatory examinations. Additional actions, investigations or proceedings may be brought from time to time in the future. We are subject to the possibility of losses from these various contingencies. Considerable judgment is necessary to estimate the probability and amount of any loss from such contingencies. An accrual is made when it is probable that a liability has been incurred or an asset has been impaired and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We accrue a liability for the estimated costs of adjudication or settlement of asserted and unasserted claims existing as of the balance sheet date. We have recorded reserves for certain contingencies to which we may have exposure, such as reserves for certain income tax and litigation contingencies and contingencies related to the employer portion of National Insurance Contributions in the U.K. We disclose asserted claims when it is at least reasonably possible that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred as of the date of the financial statements and unasserted claims when it is considered probable that a claim will be asserted and there is a reasonable possibility that the outcome will be unfavorable.

93

---

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

        In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, ("ASC 740") we provide for income taxes using the asset and liability method under which deferred income taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards that result from events that have been recognized either in the financial statements or the income tax returns, but not both. The measurement of current and deferred income tax liabilities and assets is based on provisions of enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our interpretation of complex tax law may impact our measurement of current and deferred income taxes.

        We are subject to regular examinations by the Internal Revenue Service, taxing authorities in foreign countries, and states in which we have significant business operations. We regularly assess the likelihood of additional assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from on-going and subsequent years' examinations. We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position, and (2) for those tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority.

        In 2013, management has concluded that profits earned commencing January 1, 2013 in certain overseas subsidiaries will ultimately be repatriated to the U.S.. Prior to January 1, 2013, we historically asserted the intention to indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries and therefore have not provided for any U.S. income tax on such international earnings, in accordance with ASC 740. For profits earned during the year ended December 31, 2014 that are not permanently reinvested, the deferred tax liability for those earnings is zero due to the excess foreign tax credits that will be generated as a result of repatriation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        Refer to Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.

94

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Risk Management

        In the normal course of business, we are exposed to various risks, including foreign currency exposure risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, market risk and operational risk. Top-level oversight of our risk management resides with the Risk Policy Committee of the Board of Directors. We also utilize several management committees made up of key executives with responsibility for identifying and managing risk. Specialized risk functions, such as our credit risk, compliance, internal audit and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance departments, perform regular monitoring and testing procedures to provide management with assurance regarding the design and operating effectiveness of risk control policies and procedures. Finally, business managers play an integral role in risk management by maintaining the processes and control activities designed to identify, mitigate, and report risk.

        The various risks that may impact the Company, certain of our risk management procedures, and a sensitivity analysis estimating the effects of changes in fair values for exposures relating to foreign currency and interest rate exposures are outlined below.

Foreign Currency Exposure Risk

        We are exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates related to our international operations. As foreign currency exchange rates change, the U.S. Dollar equivalent of revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies change. Our U.K. operations generate a large majority of their revenues in U.S. Dollars and Euros but pay a significant amount of their expenses in British Pounds. We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts ("Foreign Exchange Derivative Contracts") to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had no Foreign Exchange Derivative Contracts that were designated as foreign currency cash flow hedges. We do not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

        We are also exposed to counterparty credit risk for nonperformance of Foreign Exchange Derivative Contracts and in the event of nonperformance, to market risk for changes in currency rates. The counterparties with whom we execute foreign exchange derivative contracts are major international financial institutions. We monitor our positions with, and the credit quality of, these financial institutions and we do not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties.

        While our international results of operations, as measured in U.S. Dollars, are subject to foreign exchange rate fluctuations, we do not consider the related risk to be material to our results of operations. If the Euro strengthened against the U.S. Dollar by 10% and the British Pound Sterling weakened by 10% against the U.S. Dollar, the net impact to our net income would be a reduction of approximately $6.9 million as of December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to changes in market interest rates that impact our variable-rate short-term borrowings that may be outstanding under our Credit Agreement from time to time. As of December 31, 2014, we had $10.0 million outstanding under our Credit Agreement. If interest rates were to increase by 0.5%, the annual impact to our net income would be a reduction of less than $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2014, the interest rate on our entire $240.0 million long-term debt was comprised of a fixed-rate. Fluctuations in market interest rates will have no impact on the amount of interest we must pay on these fixed-rate debt obligations.

Credit Risk

        Credit risk arises from potential non-performance by counterparties of our matched principal business, as well as from nonpayment of commissions by customers of our agency brokerage business.

95

---

Table of Contents

We also have credit and counterparty risk in certain situations where we provide clearing and execution services. We provide agency clearing services though our relationships with general clearing member firms and/or exchanges. In these instances, our accounts at such institutions are used, in our name, to provide access to clearing services for our customers. Credit risk arises from the possibility that we may suffer losses due to the failure of our customers or other counterparties to satisfy their financial obligations to us or in a timely manner.

        We have established policies and procedures to manage our exposure to credit risk. We maintain a thorough credit approval process to limit our exposure to counterparty risk and employ stringent monitoring to control the market and counterparty risk from our matched principal business. Our brokers may only execute transactions for clients that have been approved by our credit committee following review by our credit department. Our credit approval process includes verification of key financial information and operating data and anti-money laundering verification checks. Our credit review process may include consideration of independent credit agency reports and a visit to the entity's premises, if necessary. We have developed and utilize a proprietary, electronic credit risk monitoring system.

        Credit approval is granted by our credit committee, which is comprised of senior management and representatives from our compliance, finance and legal departments. Credit approval is granted subject to certain trading limits and may be subject to additional conditions, such as the receipt of collateral or other credit support. Our credit risk department assists the credit committee in the review of any proposed counterparty by conducting diligence on such party and by continuing to review such counterparties for continued credit approval on at least an annual basis. These results are reviewed by the credit committee. Maintenance procedures include reviewing current audited financial statements and publicly available information on the client, collecting data from credit rating agencies where available and reviewing any changes in ownership, title or capital of the client. For our agency business, our approval process includes the requisite anti-money laundering and know-your-customer verifications.

Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risk associated with our principal transactions and, in certain instances, in the provision of clearing services. Through our subsidiaries, we conduct both matched principal and principal trading businesses, primarily involving fixed income and equity securities, but also for certain listed derivative products.

        In matched principal transactions, we act as a "middleman" by serving as counterparty on one side of a customer trade and entering into an offsetting trade with another party relatively quickly (often within minutes and generally on the same trading day). These transactions are then settled through a third-party clearing organization. Settlement typically occurs within one to three business days after the trade date. Cash settlement of the transaction occurs upon receipt or delivery of the underlying instrument that was traded. In a limited number of circumstances, we may settle a principal transaction by physical delivery of the underlying instrument.

        In executing matched principal transactions, we are exposed to the risk that one of the counterparties to a transaction may fail to fulfill its obligations, either because it is not matched immediately or, even if matched, one party fails to deliver the cash or securities it is obligated to deliver. Certain of the less liquid or OTC markets in which we provide our services exacerbate this risk for us because transactions in these markets are less likely to settle on a timely basis. Adverse movements in the prices of securities that are the subject of these transactions can increase our risk. In addition, widespread technological or communication failures, as well as actual or perceived credit difficulties or the insolvency of one or more large or visible market participants, could cause market-wide credit difficulties or other market disruptions. These failures, difficulties or disruptions

96

---

Table of Contents

could result in a large number of market participants not settling transactions or otherwise not performing their obligations.

        We are subject to financing risk in these circumstances because if a transaction does not settle on a timely basis, the resulting unmatched position may need to be financed, either directly by us or through one of our clearing organizations at our expense. These charges may be recoverable from the failing counterparty, but sometimes are not. Finally, in instances where the unmatched position or failure to deliver is prolonged or pervasive due to rapid or widespread declines in liquidity for an instrument, there may also be regulatory capital charges required to be taken by us, which depending on their size and duration, could limit our business flexibility or even force the curtailment of those portions of our business requiring higher levels of capital. Credit or settlement losses of this nature could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

        In the process of executing matched principal transactions, miscommunications and other errors by us or our clients can arise whereby a transaction is not completed with one or more counterparties to the transaction, leaving us with either a long or short unmatched position. These unmatched positions are referred to as "out trades," and they create a potential liability for us. If an out trade is promptly discovered and there is a prompt disposition of the unmatched position, the risk to us is usually limited. If the discovery of an out trade is delayed, the risk is heightened by the increased possibility of intervening market movements prior to disposition. Although out trades usually become known at the time of, or later on the day of, the trade, it is possible that they may not be discovered until later in the settlement process. When out trades are discovered, our policy is generally to have the unmatched position disposed of promptly (usually on the same day and generally within three days), whether or not this disposition would result in a loss to us. The occurrence of out trades generally rises with increases in the volatility of the market and, depending on the number and amount, such out trades have the potential to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        Liability for unmatched trades could adversely affect our results of operations and balance sheet. Although the significant majority of our principal trading is done on a "matched principal" basis, we may take unmatched positions for our own account generally in response to customer demand, primarily to facilitate the execution of existing customer orders. While we seek to minimize our exposure to market risk by entering into offsetting trades or a hedging transaction relatively quickly (often within minutes and generally on the same trading day), we may not always enter into an offsetting trade on the same trading day and any hedging transaction we may enter into may not fully offset our exposure. Therefore, although any unmatched positions are intended to be held short term, we may not entirely offset market risk and may be exposed to market risk for several days or more or to a partial extent or both.

        Additionally, we have authorized a limited number of our desks to enter into principal investing transactions in which we commit our capital within predefined limits, either to facilitate customer trading activities or to engage in principal trading for our own account. These principal positions may ultimately be matched against a customer order or through a market intermediary, either in the short term (such as the same trading day) or we may hold these positions for several days or more. The number and size of these transactions may affect our results of operations in a given period and we may also incur losses from these trading activities due to market fluctuations and volatility from quarter to quarter. We are currently subject to covenants in our Credit Agreement, which generally limit the aggregate amount of securities which we may trade for our own account to 7.5% of our consolidated capital. To the extent that we own assets, i.e., have long positions, in any of those markets, a downturn in the value of those assets or in those markets could result in losses from a decline in the value of those long positions. Conversely, to the extent that we have sold assets we do not own, i.e., have short positions, in any of those markets, an upturn in those markets could expose us to significant losses as

97

---

Table of Contents

we attempt to cover our short positions by acquiring assets in a rising market. To the extent these securities positions are not disposed of intra-day, we mark these positions to market.

        In certain instances, we may provide credit for margin requirements to customers, secured by collateral in a customer's account. In such cases, we are exposed to the market risk that the value of the collateral we hold could fall below the amount of a customer's indebtedness. This risk can be amplified in any situation where the market for the underlying security is rapidly declining. Agreements with customers that have margin accounts permit us to liquidate their securities in the event that the amount of margin collateral becomes insufficient. Despite those agreements and our risk management policies with respect to margin, we may be unable to liquidate a customer's positions for various reasons, or at a price sufficient to cover any deficiency in a customer's account. If we were unable to liquidate a position at a price sufficient to cover any deficiency or if a customer was unable to post additional margin, we may suffer a loss.

        Adverse movements in the securities underlying these positions or a downturn or disruption in the markets for these positions could result in a substantial loss. In addition, principal gains and losses resulting from these positions could on occasion have a disproportionate effect, positive or negative, on our financial condition and results of operations for any particular reporting period.

        In addition to entering into offsetting trades or a hedging transaction, we also monitor market risk exposure from our matched principal and principal trading business, including regularly monitoring concentration of market risk to financial instruments, countries or counterparties and regularly monitoring trades that have not settled within prescribed settlement periods or volume thresholds. Additionally, market risks are monitored and mitigated by the use of our proprietary, electronic risk monitoring system, which provides management with daily credit reports in each of our geographic regions that analyze credit concentration and facilitates the regular monitoring of transactions against key risk indicators.

Operational Risk

        Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or potential damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, resources, systems or from external events. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of business activities and support functions. We have operational risk polices that are designed to reduce the likelihood and impact of operational incidents as well as to mitigate legal, regulatory and reputational risk. Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk resides with the business managers, risk and control functions, and various management committees through the use of processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. For additional discussions of our operational risks, see "Item 1A—Risks Related to Our Operations."

98

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Table of Contents

99

---

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of GFI Group Inc.:

        In our opinion, the consolidated statements of financial condition and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GFI Group Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 13, 2015

100

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

101

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

102

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

103

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

104

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(In thousands)

        Included within the purchase price of the Company's acquisition of Contigo Limited in 2013 was contingent consideration with an estimated net present value of £2,458 (or approximately $3,942), which was recorded as a liability within Other liabilities. The Company did not have any non-cash investing and financing activity during the year ended December 31, 2012.

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

105

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands)

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

106

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of GFI Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, "GFI" or the "Company"). The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides wholesale brokerage and trade execution services, clearing services, and trading system software products to institutional clients in markets for a range of fixed income, financial, equity and commodity products. The Company complements its brokerage and trade execution capabilities with value-added services, such as market data and analytical software products for trader and back-office support, which it licenses primarily to companies in the financial services industry. As of December 31, 2014, Jersey Partners, Inc. ("JPI") owned approximately 36% of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock. The Company's executive chairman, Michael Gooch, is the controlling shareholder of JPI.

2. ACQUISITION BY BGC PARTNERS, INC. AND TERMINATION OF THE CME MERGER

        On February 26, 2015, BGC Partners, Inc. ("BGC") successfully completed its tender offer to acquire shares of GFI's common stock for $6.10 per share in cash. On March 4, 2015, BGC Partners, L.P. paid for the 54,274,212 shares of common stock of the Company tendered pursuant to the tender offer. The tendered shares, together with the 17.1 million shares already owned by BGC, represent approximately 56% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        As a result of the transaction, GFI is a controlled company of BGC and will operate as a division of BGC. Going forward, BGC and GFI are expected to remain separately branded divisions.

        Prior to the completion of the tender offer, the Company was a party to a series of agreements, including an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "CME Merger Agreement") and a Purchase Agreement (the "IDB Purchase Agreement"), each dated as of July 30, 2014, as amended, with CME Group Inc. ("CME") and certain of its affiliates, whereby the Company had agreed to merge with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of CME (the "CME Merger") and, immediately following such merger, a private consortium of current GFI management would acquire the Company's wholesale brokerage and clearing businesses from CME (such transactions collectively, the "CME Transaction"). In addition, CME, JPI and certain other stockholders of GFI, who collectively control approximately 38% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, entered into an agreement, dated as of July 30, 2014 (the "Support Agreement"), that provided for such stockholders to vote for the CME Transaction and vote against any alternative transaction and that prevented such stockholders from transferring their shares, including by tendering into the tender offer. The CME Merger Agreement and the CME Transaction were terminated on January 30, 2015. The restrictions in the Support Agreement continue until on or about January 30, 2016.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Presentation—The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain estimates and assumptions relate to the accounting for acquired goodwill and intangible assets, fair value measurements, compensation accruals, tax assets and liabilities, and the potential outcome of litigation matters. Management believes that the estimates utilized in the

107

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, including amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and Note 18, Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company has revised its tables summarizing (i) Derivative contracts, by counterparty and (ii) Fair values of derivative contracts on a gross and net basis, within Note 18, to exclude gross balances associated with long and short futures contracts. The Company continues to include variation margin on open futures contract within Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Consolidation Policies

        General—The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries that are treated as such and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly-owned, equity interests that are not owned by the Company are referred to as non-controlling interests. The portion of net income attributable to non-controlling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income attributable to non-controlling interests on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the portion of the stockholders' equity of such subsidiaries is presented as Non-controlling interests in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

        Variable Interest Entities—The Company determines whether it holds any interests in entities deemed to be a variable interest entity ("VIE"). A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the following characteristics (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The Company has a controlling financial interest and will consolidate a VIE if it is the primary beneficiary.

        The primary beneficiary is the party that has both (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could be potentially significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could be potentially significant.

        As of December 31, 2014, the company holds interests in certain VIEs. One of these VIEs is consolidated because it was determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary of this VIE because (1) the Company provided the majority of the VIE's start-up capital and (2) the Company has consent rights regarding those activities that the Company believes would most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The remaining VIEs are not consolidated as it was determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary due to the level of equity ownership and voting power. The Company reassesses its evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain events occur, such as changes in economic ownership and voting power. The Company reassesses its determination of

108

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances. See Note 19 for disclosures on Variable Interest Entities.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are categorized within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

        Cash and Securities Segregated Under Federal and Other Regulations—The Company holds cash and securities representing funds received in connection with customer trading activities. The Company's subsidiaries are required to satisfy regulations mandated by their primary regulators to segregate or set aside cash or equivalent securities to satisfy regulations, promulgated to protect customer assets.

        Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable largely represents commissions due from brokers, dealers, banks and other financial and nonfinancial institutions for the execution of securities, commodities, foreign exchange and other derivative brokerage transactions. Also, included within Accounts receivable are the billed portion of existing contracts from customers related to the licensing, support and maintenance of software, analytics and market data, as well as any unbilled but earned portion of any services provided to such customers. In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers the length of time receivables are past due and historical experience. In addition, if the Company is aware of a client's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific provision for doubtful accounts is recorded in the amount of the estimated losses that will result from the inability of that client to meet its financial obligation. Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $1,900 and $1,958 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations—Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations primarily represent: (i) principal transactions for which the stated settlement dates have not yet been reached, (ii) principal transactions which have not settled as of their stated settlement dates, (iii) cash, including deposits, held at clearing organizations and exchanges in support of the Company's clearing business and to facilitate settlement and clearance of matched principal transactions and (iv) the spread on matched principal transactions that have not yet been remitted from/to clearing organizations and exchanges.

        Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements—Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method, generally over three to seven years. Property and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining term of the respective lease to which they relate or the remaining useful life of the leasehold improvement. Internal and external costs incurred in developing or obtaining computer software for internal use are capitalized in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 350 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"), and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, generally three years. General and administrative costs related to developing or obtaining such software are expensed as incurred.

        Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price allocation over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired. The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units, which are determined based on

109

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

how the Company's businesses are managed and how they are reviewed by the Company's chief operating decision maker. Other intangible assets are recorded at their fair value upon completion of a business combination or certain other transactions. Substantially all of the firm's identifiable intangible assets are considered to have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

        In accordance with ASC 350, goodwill is not amortized, but instead is periodically tested for impairment. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of November 1 of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. See Note 7 for further information.

        Prepaid Bonuses and Forgivable Employee Loans—Prepaid bonuses and forgivable loans to employees are stated at historical value net of amortization when the agreement between the Company and the employee provides for the return of proportionate amounts of the bonus or loan outstanding if employment is terminated in certain circumstances prior to the end of the term of the agreement. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the contract, which is generally two to four years, and is recorded in Compensation and employee benefits. The Company generally expects to recover the unamortized portion of prepaid bonuses and forgivable loans when employees voluntarily terminate their employment or if their employment is terminated for cause prior to the end of the term of the agreement. The prepaid bonuses and forgivable loans are included in Other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had prepaid bonuses of $16,523 and $23,499, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had forgivable employee loans and advances to employees of $15,072 and $24,109, respectively. Amortization of prepaid bonuses and forgivable employee loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $23,112, $26,095and $26,549, respectively, and is included within Compensation and employee benefits.

        Investments—When the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity's operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323-10, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures ("ASC 323-10"). Significant influence generally exists when the Company owns 20% to 50% of the entity's common stock or in-substance common stock. The Company initially records the investment at cost and adjusts the carrying amount each period to recognize its share of the earnings or losses of the investee based on the percentage of ownership. See Note 20 for further information. Investments for which the Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence over operating and financial policies are generally accounted for using the cost method of accounting in accordance with ASC 325-10, Investments—Other ("ASC 325-10"). At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had cost method investments of $1,688 and $5,087, respectively, included within Other assets. The fair value of the Company's cost method investments are not estimated if there are no identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value. The Company monitors its equity and cost method investments for indicators of impairment each reporting period.

        The Company accounts for its marketable equity securities and its debt securities in accordance with ASC 320-10, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities ("ASC 320-10"). Investments that are owned

110

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

by the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries are recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in net loss. Investments designated as available-for-sale that are owned by the Company's non broker-dealer subsidiaries are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The fair value of the Company's available-for-sale securities was $0 and $5,465 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included within Other assets.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments—In accordance with ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820-10"), the Company estimates fair values of financial instruments using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment in interpreting market data and, accordingly, changes in assumptions or in market conditions could adversely affect the estimates. The Company also discloses the fair value of its financial instruments in accordance with the fair value hierarchy as set forth by ASC 820-10. See Note 17 for further information.

        Fair Value Option—In accordance with ASC 825-10-25, Financial Instruments—Recognition, upon the acquisition of The Kyte Group Limited ("KGL") and Kyte Capital Management Limited (collectively "Kyte"), the Company elected the fair value option to account for its future commitment to purchase the remaining 30% equity interest in Kyte.

        The fair value option election allows companies to irrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and liabilities. Any change in fair value for assets and liabilities for which the election is made is to be recognized in earnings as they occur. The fair value option election is permitted on an instrument by instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument.

        The primary reason for electing the fair value option on the then future commitment to purchase the remaining 30% equity interest in Kyte was to timely reflect economic events in earnings, as management's assessment of the future purchase commitment value was driven by Kyte's earnings or losses subsequent to the initial acquisition date and net present value at a specific point in time. The Company's results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 include changes in the fair value of the Future Purchase Commitment which were recorded in Other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 17 for further information on the Future Purchase Commitment which was settled during 2013.

        Derivative Financial Instruments—The Company enters into derivative transactions for a variety of reasons, including managing its exposure to risk arising from changes in foreign currency, facilitating customer trading activities and, in certain instances, to engage in principal trading for the Company's own account. Derivative assets and liabilities are carried on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Contracts entered into to manage risk arising from changes in foreign currency are recognized in Other income, net and contracts entered into to facilitate customer transactions and principal trading are recognized in Principal transactions. Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis when management believes that a legal and enforceable right of offset exists under these agreements. See Note 18 for further information.

111

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Payables to Clearing Services Customers—Payables to clearing services customers include amounts due on cash and margin transactions, including futures contracts, transacted on behalf of customers.

Revenue Recognition

        Brokerage Transactions—The Company provides brokerage services to its clients in the form of either agency or principal transactions. In agency transactions, the Company charges commissions for executing transactions between buyers and sellers. Agency commission revenues and related expenses are recognized on a trade date basis. These revenues are presented in "Agency Commissions". Principal transactions revenue is primarily derived from matched principal and principal trading transactions. Principal transactions revenues and related expenses are recognized on a trade date basis. The Company earns revenue from principal transactions on the spread between the buy and sell price of the security that is brokered. In matched principal transactions, the Company simultaneously agrees to buy instruments from one customer and sell them to another customer. These revenues are presented in "Principal Transactions". In the normal course of its matched principal and principal trading businesses, the Company may hold security positions overnight. These positions are marked to market on a daily basis.

        Clearing Services Revenues—The Company charges fees to customers for clearing services provided for cash and derivative transactions. Clearing services revenues are recorded on a trade date basis as customer transactions occur and are presented net of any customer negotiated rebates.

        Software, Analytics and Market Data—Software revenue consists primarily of fees charged for Trayport electronic trading software, which are typically billed on a subscription basis and are recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, which ranges from one to five years. Analytics revenue consists primarily of software license fees for Fenics pricing tools which are typically billed on a subscription basis, and is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, which is generally three years. Market data revenue primarily consists of subscription fees and fees from customized one-time sales. Market data subscription fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription period, which ranges from one to two years. Market data revenue from customized one-time sales is recognized upon delivery of the data. The Company markets its software, analytics and market data products through its direct sales force and, in some cases, indirectly through resellers. In general, the Company's license agreements for such products do not provide for a right of return.

        Other Income, net—Included within Other income, net on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations are revaluations of foreign currency derivative contracts, realized and unrealized transaction gains and losses on certain foreign currency denominated items and gains and losses on certain investments and interest income earned on short-term investments.

        There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one of the Company's clearing customers accounted for approximately 11% and 0% of the Company's Total revenues and Revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses, respectively. No other single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company's Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012.

112

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Compensation and Employee Benefits—The Company's compensation and employee benefits have both a fixed and variable component. Base salaries and benefit costs are primarily fixed for all employees while bonuses constitute the variable portion of compensation and employee benefits. The Company may pay certain performance bonuses in restricted stock units ("RSUs") or as deferred cash awards, both of which generally vest over a future service period. The Company also may grant sign-on and retention bonuses for certain newly-hired or existing employees who agree to long-term employment agreements.

        Share-Based Compensation—The Company's share-based compensation consists of RSUs. The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). This accounting guidance requires measurement of compensation expense for equity-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. In all periods presented, the only share-based compensation expense recognized by the Company has been RSUs. The Company determines the fair value of RSUs based on the number of units granted and the grant date fair value of the Company's common stock, measured as of the closing price on the date of grant. See Note 13 for further information.

        Deferred Cash Compensation—The Company accounts for deferred cash compensation in accordance with ASC 710 Compensation—General ("ASC 710"). This accounting guidance requires measurement of deferred compensation expense for non-equity-based awards based upon future amounts expected to be paid, and provides for recognition of compensation expense over the expected service period, net of estimated forfeitures. See Note 13 for further information.

        Income Taxes—In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), the Company provides for income taxes using the asset and liability method under which deferred income taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards that result from events that have been recognized either in the financial statements or the income tax returns, but not both. The measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management applies the more likely than not criteria prior to recognizing a financial statement benefit for a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in interest expense and other expense, respectively. The Company has determined that the historic undistributed earnings prior to 2013 from our foreign subsidiaries, are indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided, in accordance with ASC 740. However, management concluded that earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries commencing from January 1, 2013 will ultimately be repatriated and will provide U.S. tax on those amounts. For profits earned during the year ended December 31, 2014 that are not permanently reinvested, the deferred tax liability for those earnings is zero due to the excess foreign tax credits that will be generated as a result of repatriation. See Note 10 for further information.

        Treasury Stock—The Company accounts for Treasury stock using the cost method. Treasury stock held by the Company may be reissued with respect to vested RSUs in qualified jurisdictions. The Company's policy is to account for these shares as a reduction of Treasury stock on a first-in, first-out basis.

113

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments and Transactions—Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at the period end rates of exchange, and revenue and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange for the period. Gains or losses resulting from translating the foreign currency financial statements are reflected in foreign currency translation adjustments and are reported as a separate component of Comprehensive loss and included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity. The revaluation of asset and liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the business unit involved in such transactions is reflected in Other Income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net (losses) gains resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions and balances for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $(4,122), $2,039 and $(3,635), respectively.

        Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-05, "Foreign Currency Matters" ("ASU 2013-05"), which clarifies the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells or transfers a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a foreign subsidiary or group of assets. ASU 2013-05 provides that the parent should release cumulative translation adjustment into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance was effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2014, and is being applied prospectively. The adoption of ASU 2013-05 does not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists ("ASU 2013-11"). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, unless such tax loss or credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes resulting from the disallowance of a tax position. In the event that the tax position is disallowed or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit shall be presented in the financial statements as a liability and shall not be combined with deferred tax assets. The guidance was effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2014, and is being applied prospectively. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 does not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity ("ASU 2014-08"). ASU 2014-08 changes the criteria for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations and requires new disclosures about disposals of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the new definition. The guidance is effective beginning in the first quarter of 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 defines how companies report revenues from contracts with customers,

114

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

and also requires enhanced disclosures. The guidance is effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This standard sets forth management's responsibility to evaluate, each reporting period, whether there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, and if so, to provide related footnote disclosures. The guidance is effective for the Company's 2016 annual financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

4. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE

        On January 24, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to sell 100% equity ownership of KGL, which primarily includes the Company's clearing business. The Company determined that as of December 31, 2014, KGL met the criteria for classification as held for sale and, as a result, its assets and liabilities have been included in Assets held for sale and Liabilities held for sale on the Consolidated Statement of Condition as of December 31, 2014. KGL's operations are included in the Clearing and Backed Trading reportable segment. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are required to be recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value less any costs to sell. Accordingly, the company recorded non-cash, pre-tax, impairment charges of $4,061 to write down the carrying value of KGL's long-lived assets held for sale to realizable value. The transaction, which is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals, is expected to close in the first half of 2015.

115

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

4. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE (Continued)

        The major classes of the total consolidated assets and liabilities of KGL that were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

        On February 3, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to sell 100% equity ownership of Kyte Broking Limited ("KBL"). The Company determined that as of December 31, 2014, KBL met the criteria for classification as held for sale and, as a result, its assets and liabilities have been included in Assets held for sale and Liabilities held for sale on the Consolidated Statement of Condition as of December 31, 2014. The Company believes that no impairment exists as the fair value of the net assets related to KBL less the costs to sell the business will exceed the related carrying value. The transaction, which is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals, is expected to close in the first half of 2015.

116

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

4. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE (Continued)

        The major classes of the total consolidated assets and liabilities of KBL that were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

5. RECEIVABLES FROM AND PAYABLES TO BROKERS, DEALERS AND CLEARING ORGANIZATIONS

        Amounts receivable from and payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations consisted of the following:

117

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

5. RECEIVABLES FROM AND PAYABLES TO BROKERS, DEALERS AND CLEARING ORGANIZATIONS (Continued)

        Substantially all fail to deliver and fail to receive balances at December 31, 2014 have subsequently settled at the contracted amounts. All fail to deliver and fail to receive balances at December 31, 2012 have subsequently settled at the contracted amounts.

        In addition to the balances above, the Company had Payables to clearing services customers of $0 and $177,523 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Excluded from the balance at December 31, 2014 is $142,108 of Payables to clearing services customers associated with the KGL clearing business. As discussed in Note 4, such amounts are included in Liabilities held for sale at December 31, 2014. These amounts represent cash payable to the Company's clearing customers, that is held at the Company's third party general clearing members and are included within Cash and cash equivalents, Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations, or Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations as follows:

6. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

        Property, equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:

118

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

6. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS (Continued)

        Excluded from the December 31, 2014 balance is $2,122 of Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net, related to KGL and KBL. As discussed in Note 4, such amounts are included in Assets held for sale at December 31, 2014.

        Depreciation and amortization expense on property, equipment and leasehold improvements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $20,406, $19,370 and $20,207, respectively.

7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Goodwill—Changes in the carrying amount of the Company's goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

119

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually and more frequently when indicators of impairment exist. All of the Company's goodwill is allocated to its reporting units and the goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level. The Company determined its reporting units to be Americas Brokerage; Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA") Brokerage; Asia Brokerage; Clearing and Backed Trading; Trayport; and Fenics.

        ASC 350 gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of greater than 50 percent) that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If it is determined, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, or if the company decides to exercise its unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment, then the company would proceed to a two-step quantitative impairment test. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value, including goodwill and allocated intangible assets. If the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, the goodwill for the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then a second step is performed in order to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any, which is based on comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill to the fair value of the net assets of the reporting unit.

        Assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, and liabilities are allocated to the reporting units for determining the carrying amount of each respective reporting unit. The assets and liabilities are allocated to a reporting unit based on how the Company's businesses are managed and how those assets and liabilities are deployed in managing the business. Intangible assets are allocated to a reporting unit based on either specifically identifying a particular intangible asset as pertaining to a reporting unit or, if shared among reporting units, based on an assessment of the reporting unit's benefit from the intangible asset in order to generate results.

        Based on the results of the annual impairment tests performed during 2013, an impairment charge of $18,918 was recognized at the Clearing and Backed Trading reporting unit during the fourth quarter of 2013, while the Americas Brokerage reporting unit's fair value exceeded its carrying value by less than 10%.

        During 2014, the Company periodically performed assessments in order to identify any events or changes in circumstances that would warrant interim impairment testing, including significant under-performance of the Company's business relative to expected operating results, significant adverse economic and industry trends, significant decline in the Company's market capitalization for an extended period of time relative to net book value, and events affecting a reporting unit such as the expectation of disposing all, or a portion of, a reporting unit . As discussed in Note 2, in July 2014 the Company had entered into a series of agreements with CME, including the CME Merger Agreement and the IDB Purchase Agreement, which were subsequently terminated on January 30, 2015. These agreements, along with the other aforementioned triggering events, indicated potential impairment of the Americas and EMEA brokerage and Clearing and Backed Trading reporting units. As a result, the Company conducted an impairment analysis on those reporting units during the second quarter of 2014. During this interim impairment testing it was determined that the carrying value as of June 30, 2014 of the Americas Brokerage, EMEA Brokerage and Clearing and Backed Trading reporting units exceeded the fair value indicated by the transaction price. Consequently, the Company performed a

120

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

second step to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any, to each reporting unit's goodwill. As a result, the Company determined that the fair value of each reporting unit's goodwill was $0, resulting in impairment charges to write-off the $121,619 in goodwill detailed in the table above.

        As of November 1, 2014, the Company performed a qualitative assessment on its Trayport and Fenics reporting units, the Company's reporting units with remaining goodwill balances, and concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount.

        Subsequent to November 1, 2014, no events or changes in circumstances occurred which would indicate any goodwill impairment through the filing date of this Form 10-K.

        Intangible Assets—Intangible assets consisted of the following:

        Excluded from net carrying value as of December 31, 2014 is $3,715 of customer relationships, $576 of trade names and $11 of non-compete agreements with indefinite useful lives related to KGL that are held for sale. As discussed in Note 4 such amounts are included in Assets held for sale as of December 31, 2014.

        During 2013, the Company recorded an increase in intangible assets subject to amortization of $7,350, primarily resulting from developed technology acquired in connection with the acquisition of Contigo Limited. The components of definite-lived intangible assets acquired during 2013 and their respective weighted-average amortizable period were: $5,550—Core technology (7 years), $1,470—Customer relationships (6 years), and $330—Non-compete agreements (5 years).

        Additionally, during 2013, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to Customer relationships in the Americas brokerage segment. The amount of this impairment was $684 and was included within Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

121

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Intangible amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $9,709, $9,640 and $11,293, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, expected amortization expense for the definite lived intangible assets is as follows:

8. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

        Other assets consisted of the following:

122

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

8. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES (Continued)

        Other liabilities consisted of the following:

9. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

        The Company had outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 as follows:

        The Company's debt obligations are carried at historical amounts. The fair value of the Company's Long-term debt, categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, is measured primarily using pricing service data from external providers. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's Long-term debt obligations were as follows:

8.375% Senior Notes

        In July 2011, the Company issued $250,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% Senior Notes (the "8.375% Senior Notes") due 2018 in a private offering (the "Offering") to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S, each under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The notes were priced to investors at 100% of their principal amount, and mature in July 2018. Interest on these notes is payable, semi-annually in arrears on the 19^th of January and July. Transaction costs of approximately

123

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

9. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

$9,100 related to the 8.375% Senior Notes were deferred and are being amortized over the term of the notes. On December 21, 2011, the Company completed an exchange offer for the 8.375% Senior Notes whereby it exchanged $250,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 8.375% Senior Notes for 8.375% Senior Notes that are registered under the Securities Act.

        In March 2013, the Company repurchased $10,000 principal amount of its 8.375% Senior Notes on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of $9,602, including accrued interest and sales commissions. The Company funded the repurchase of these notes with borrowings under its Credit Agreement.

        On January 18, 2013, Moody's Investor Services lowered its credit rating on the Company's 8.375% Senior Notes two notches to B1, which increased the Company's applicable per annum interest, effective January 19, 2013, by an additional 50 basis points. On April 19, 2013, Fitch Ratings, Inc. ("Fitch") further lowered its credit rating on the Company's 8.375% Senior Notes two notches to BB and revised its outlook from Stable to Negative. This credit rating downgrade by Fitch increased our applicable per annum interest by an additional 50 basis points, effective July 19, 2013. On June 26, 2013, Standard & Poor's ("S&P") further lowered its credit rating on the Company's 8.375% Senior Notes one notch to B+ and revised its outlook from Negative to Stable. This credit rating downgrade by S&P increased the Company's applicable per annum interest by an additional 25 basis points, effective July 19, 2013.

        Pursuant to the terms of the 8.375% Senior Notes, the cumulative effect of downgrades to the Company's credit rating by rating agencies subsequent to the issuance of our 8.375% Senior Notes resulted in 200 basis points penalty interest, which is the maximum increase permitted under the indenture. The additional 200 basis points of interest equates to $4,800 in additional interest expense per annum, based on the aggregate amount of outstanding principal as of December 31, 2014.

        At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, unamortized deferred financing fees related to the 8.375% Senior Notes of $4,420 and $5,669, respectively, were recorded within Other assets and the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants.

Credit Agreement

        In March 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to its second amended and restated credit agreement (as amended, the "Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, N.A. and certain other lenders. The Credit Agreement provided for maximum revolving loans of up to $75,000 until December 2013, at which time $18,750 of the lender commitments were due to mature and the remaining $56,250 of lender commitments were due to mature in December 2015.

        In December, 2013, the various lenders under the Credit Agreement executed an assignment and assumption agreement pursuant to which the extending lenders under the Credit Agreement assumed the lender commitments of the non-extending lender and the Company has consented to the assignment. As a result, the borrowing capacity will remain at $75,000 until the Credit Agreement matures in December 2015. The Credit Agreement provides for up to $50,000 for letters of credit.

        The Credit Agreement contains certain financial and other covenants. In July 2014 we entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement. The financial covenants contained in our Credit Agreement

124

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

9. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

require that we maintain minimum consolidated capital, as defined, of no less than $375,000 at any time. The $121,619 in goodwill impairment and $4,061 in long-lived asset impairment recorded in the three months ended June 30 and December 31, 2014, respectively, reduced our consolidated capital below $375,000. The amendment executed in July 2014 reduces the required minimum amount of consolidated capital by any goodwill or asset impairment charge in an aggregate amount not to exceed $160,000 contained in our financial statements in any of the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014 or December 31, 2014. The Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

        In February 2015, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Credit Agreement to permit the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement, including by amending the definition of "Change of Control" to permit BGC to acquire shares of the equity of the Company in excess of 35% without triggering a "Change of Control" under the Credit Agreement.

        Revolving loans may be either base rate loans or Eurocurrency rate loans. Eurocurrency rate loans bear interest at the annualized rate of one-month LIBOR plus the application margin and base rate loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to a prime rate plus the applicable margin. Letter of credit fees per annum are equal to the applicable margin times the outstanding amount drawn under such letter of credit. As long as no default has occurred under the Credit Agreement, the applicable margin for base rate and Eurocurrency rate loans and letters of credit is based on a matrix that varies with a ratio of outstanding debt to EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

        The interest rate of the outstanding loan under the Credit Agreement was 5.50% at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, unamortized deferred financing fees related to the Credit Agreement of $618 and $1,117, respectively, were recorded within Other assets.

10. INCOME TAXES

        The components of the (benefit from) provision for income taxes are as follows:

125

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The Company had pre-tax income from foreign operations of $21,535, $6,224 and $31,571 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Pre-tax loss from domestic operations was $158,351, $27,569 and $32,828 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of the Company's gross deferred tax assets and liabilities are set forth below:

        As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 that arose directly from tax deductions related to equity compensation in excess of compensation expense recognized for financial reporting purposes. Stockholders' Equity will be increased by $811 when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses tax law ordering when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

        Cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were approximately $265,652 at December 31, 2014. U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been recognized on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration. This amount becomes taxable upon a repatriation of assets from the

126

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

subsidiary or a sale or liquidation of the subsidiary. Upon distribution of such earnings in a taxable event, the Company would incur additional U.S. income taxes of $15,207 net of anticipated foreign tax credits. The Company has determined that the historic undistributed earnings prior to 2013 from our foreign subsidiaries, are indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided. However, management concluded that earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries commencing from January 1, 2013 will ultimately be repatriated and will provide U.S. tax on those amounts. The amount of deferred tax liability on such earnings during the year ended December 31, 2014, that are not permanently reinvested, is zero due to the excess foreign tax credits that will be generated as a result of repatriation.

        The valuation allowance relates primarily to the inability to utilize net operating losses ("NOLs") and foreign tax credits in various tax jurisdictions. The Company had the following net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2014:

        The U.S. NOLs are subject to annual limitations on utilization and will begin to expire in 2017. The foreign NOLs are subject to annual limitations on utilization and will begin to expire in 2016. Further, the Company has $2,020 of foreign tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2014 that will begin to expire in 2015. The Company continues to monitor the realizability of these losses and believes it is more likely than not that the tax benefits associated with these losses will be realized to the extent a valuation allowance has not been established. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized and, when necessary, a valuation allowance is established. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of deferred tax assets:

•

future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;



•

future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;



•

taxable income in prior carryback years; and



•

tax planning strategies.

        The assessment regarding whether a valuation allowance is required or should be adjusted also considers all available positive and negative evidence, including, but not limited to, the following:

•

the nature, frequency, and severity of any recent losses;



•

the duration of statutory carryforward periods;



•

historical experience with tax attributes expiring unused; and

127

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

•

the Company's estimated near- and medium-term financial outlook.

        The Company has incurred a cumulative net loss, on a book basis, for the last three years. The majority of the Company's deferred tax assets are in the U.S. and as a result, the Company is relying on certain prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, as defined in ASC 740, that would be implemented, if necessary, to prevent a deferred tax asset from expiring. The tax planning strategy that the Company will implement is a sale of certain intellectual property held in the U.S. to a related party or externally with a right to continue to use the intellectual property and the sale of certain non-core assets. The Company believes such sales, based on current valuations, would generate sufficient profits to utilize the U.S. deferred tax assets.

        As discussed in Note 2, on February 26, 2015, BGC completed its tender offer to acquire shares of the Company's common stock, resulting in ownership of approximately 56% of the outstanding shares. Based on available information as of the reporting date, the Company believes it has not experienced an ownership change through the year-ended December 31, 2014. See Note 25 for further information on the tax impact of the ownership change which occurred subsequent to year-end.

        The corporate statutory U.S. federal tax rate was 35.0% for the three years presented. A reconciliation of the Company's (benefit from) provision for income taxes and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

128

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        Income tax expense of approximately $811, $1,911 and $2,213 from the exercise of stock options and the vesting of RSUs was recorded directly to additional paid-in capital in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2014 were approximately $9,600, including interest of $1,204, all of which could affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, showing only items of movement, is as follows:

        The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as the U.K., and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company is currently under examination by the IRS covering tax years 2004—2010. Also, the Company is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits with New York State and New York City for tax years 2009—2012. The resolutions of these audits are not expected to be material to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal, state and local income tax matters for years prior to 2004.

        In the U.K., the Company is in discussion with tax authorities regarding whether certain compensation expenses were deductible by the Company in prior years. The Company believes that the resolution of this tax matter will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations for a particular future period and on the Company's effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

129

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in interest expense and other expense, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had approximately $1,204 and $1,163, respectively, of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions.

11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Share Issuance

        During 2014 and 2013, the Company issued 3,692,810 and 4,570,832 shares of common stock, respectively, in connection with the exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs. The Company received total cash proceeds of $464 and $910 in 2014 and 2013, respectively, in connection with the exercise of stock options. In 2013, 1,339,158 contingently issuable shares were issued to the selling shareholders of Kyte in connection with the final determination of the Future Purchase Commitment and the waiver of certain conditions relating to one of Kyte's investments in a third party.

Common Stock

        Each holder of the Company's common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to the rights of holders of the Company's preferred stock, if any, the holders of shares of the Company's common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors.

        On each of March 28 and May 30, 2014 the Company paid a cash dividend of $0.05 per share, which, based on the number of shares outstanding on the record date for such dividends, totaled $6,188 and $6,294, respectively. In the third quarter of 2014, in conjunction with the Company's amendment of the CME Merger, the Board suspended the payment of quarterly dividends, and accordingly, the Company did not pay a cash dividend during the third or fourth quarter of 2014. On each of May 31, August 30, and November 29, 2013 the Company paid a cash dividend of $0.05 per share, which, based upon the number of shares outstanding on the record date for such dividends, totaled $5,999, $6,096 and $6,142, respectively. In December 2012, the Company's Board of Directors declared a dividend for the fourth quarter of 2012 on an accelerated basis. The dividend was declared and paid in December 2012 and the Company, therefore, did not pay a cash dividend during the first quarter of 2013.

Preferred Stock

        As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had one class of preferred stock with 5,000,000 shares authorized and none issued.

130

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

11. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

Treasury Stock

        In August 2007, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to implement a stock repurchase program to repurchase a limited number of shares of the Company's common stock. Under the repurchase plan, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase shares of the Company's common stock on the open market in such amounts as determined by the Company's management, provided, however, such amounts are not to exceed, during any calendar year, the number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock options plus the number of shares underlying grants of RSUs that are granted or which management reasonably anticipates will be granted in such calendar year. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock.

        During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company reissued 588,114 and 729 shares of its Treasury stock, respectively, in relation to the settlement of vested RSUs. The reissuance of these shares is accounted for as a reduction of Treasury stock on a first-in, first-out basis. The total amounts reduced from Treasury stock relating to the settlement of RSUs during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $1,573 and $2, respectively.

12. LOSS PER SHARE

        Basic loss per share for common stock is calculated by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the sum of: (i) the weighted average number of shares outstanding, (ii) outstanding stock options and RSUs (using the "treasury stock" method when the impact of such options and RSUs would be dilutive), and (iii) any contingently issuable shares when dilutive.

131

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

12. LOSS PER SHARE (Continued)

        Basic and diluted loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

        As a result of the net loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the following stock options, RSUs and contingently issuable shares outstanding were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for each respective period, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

13. DEFERRED COMPENSATION

        The Company's Amended and Restated GFI Group Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, which was approved by the Company's stockholders on June 6, 2013 (as amended and restated, the "2008 Equity Incentive Plan") permits the grant of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to employees, non-employee directors or consultants. The Company issues shares from authorized but unissued shares and authorized and issued shares reacquired and held as treasury shares, which are reserved for issuance upon the vesting of RSUs granted pursuant to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were 8,535,923 shares of common stock available for future grants of awards under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Following the acquisition by BGC, the Company filed post-effective amendments to its registration statements on Form S-8 de-registering any and all securities registered under the registration statements that remain unissued pursuant to its equity

132

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

13. DEFERRED COMPENSATION (Continued)

incentive and stock option plans and does not plan to issue any additional RSUs and previously issued RSUs that are unvested were converted into a right to receive cash.

        As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no stock options outstanding under the GFI Group 2002 Stock Option Plan (the "GFI Group 2002 Plan") or the GFInet Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the GFInet 2000 Plan"). No additional grants will be made under either of these option plans.

        The Company's Deferred Cash Award Program, which was adopted on February 12, 2013, provides for the grant of deferred cash incentive compensation to eligible employees.

Restricted Stock Units

        The fair value of RSUs is based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and is recorded as compensation expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The following is a summary of RSU transactions under both the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan:

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during 2014 was $3.59 per unit, compared with $3.71 per unit for the prior year. Total compensation expense and related income tax benefits recognized in relation to RSUs are as follows:

        The Company has modified the vesting terms of RSU grants for certain employees in connection with the termination of their employment. As a result of these modifications, the Company recorded

133

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

13. DEFERRED COMPENSATION (Continued)

incremental compensation expense totaling $260, $716 and $255 during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the RSUs prior to the consideration of expected forfeitures was approximately $34,045 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.31 years. The total fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $26,784, $29,860 and $31,514, respectively.

        Pursuant to the successful completion of BGC's tender offer for GFI shares (as discussed in Note 2), GFI employees holding RSUs will receive $6.10 per RSU in cash, based on their pre-existing vesting schedules.

Stock Options

        The following is a summary of stock options outstanding under both the GFI Group 2002 Plan and the GFInet 2000 Plan:

        As of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options.

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $20, $431 and $2, respectively.

Deferred Cash Compensation

        The Company may pay certain bonuses in the form of deferred cash compensation awards, which generally vest over a future service period. Total compensation expense recognized in relation to deferred cash compensation awards is as follows:

134

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

13. DEFERRED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        At December 31, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to deferred cash compensation prior to the consideration of expected forfeitures was approximately $4,086 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.70 years.

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Operating Leases—The Company has non-cancelable operating leases, principally for office space, that expire on various dates through 2027. At December 31, 2014, the future minimum rental commitments under such leases are as follows:

        Many of the leases for office space contain escalation clauses that require payment of additional rent to the extent of increases in certain operating and other costs. In addition, certain of the Company's leases grant a free rent period, which is amortized over the lease term. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect all rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases. Rent expense under the leases for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $19,178, $18,230, and $13,465 , respectively, and is included within Rent and occupancy.

        Purchase Obligations—The Company has various unconditional purchase obligations. These obligations are for the purchase of market data from a number of information service providers during the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had total purchase commitments for market data of approximately $21,945, with $18,182 due within the next twelve months and $3,763 due between one to three years. Additionally, the Company had $5,127 of other purchase commitments including $1,150 primarily related to network upgrades, and $3,977 for hosting and software license agreements. Of these other purchase commitments, approximately $3,083 is due within the next twelve months.

        Contingencies—In the normal course of business, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries included in the Consolidated Financial Statements are, and have been in the past, involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings and are, and have been in the past, involved in certain regulatory examinations. The Company's unresolved legal proceedings and regulatory examinations are at varying stages of adjudication, arbitration or investigation and involve a variety of claims. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such litigation and regulatory matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories, the Company generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties, if any, relating to each matter may be.

135

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        The Company is subject to the possibility of losses from these various contingencies. Considerable judgment is necessary to estimate the probability and amount of any loss from such contingencies. In accordance with applicable accounting guidelines, an accrual is made when it is probable that a liability has been incurred or an asset has been impaired and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Where a loss contingency is not both probable and estimable, the Company does not establish an accrued liability.

        The Company is subject to regular examinations by various tax authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional tax assessments that may result from these examinations in each of the tax jurisdictions. A tax accrual has been established, which the Company believes to be adequate in relation to the potential for additional tax assessments. Once established, the accrual may be adjusted based on new information or events. The imposition of additional tax assessments, penalties or fines by a tax authority could have a material impact on the Company's effective tax rate.

        Additionally, the Company has recorded reserves for certain contingencies to which it may have exposure, such as contingencies related to the employer portion of National Insurance Contributions in the U.K.

        Following the announcement of the CME Merger, nine putative class action complaints challenging the CME Merger were filed on behalf of purported stockholders of GFI (one of which also purported to be brought derivatively on behalf of GFI), two in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, six in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and one in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints were captioned Coyne v. GFI Group Inc., et al., Index No. 652704/2014 (N.Y. Sup. Ct., filed September 4, 2014), Suprina v. GFI Group, Inc., et al., Index No. 652668/2014 (N.Y. Sup. Ct., filed August 29, 2014), Brown v. GFI Group Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 10082-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 3, 2014), Hughes v. CME Group, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 10103-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 8, 2014), Al Ammary v. Gooch, et al., Civil Action No. 10125-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 11, 2014), Giardalas v. GFI Group, Inc., Civil Action No. 10132-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 15, 2014), City of Lakeland Employees' Pension Plan v. Gooch, et al., Civil Action No. 10136-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 16, 2014), Michocki v. Gooch., et al., Civil Action No. 10166-VCL (Del. Ch., filed September 25, 2014) and Szarek v. GFI Group Inc., et al., Case No. 14-CV-8228 (S.D.N.Y., filed October 14, 2014). On September 26, 2014, the Court of Chancery granted voluntary dismissal of the Giardalas action. On October 6, 2014, a consolidation order was entered by Vice Chancellor Laster, consolidating the Delaware cases into the Consolidated Delaware Action. The consolidation order designated the complaint filed in City of Lakeland Employees' Pension Plan v. Gooch, et al., Civil Action No. 10136-VCL (Del. Ch.) as the operative complaint in the Consolidated Delaware Action.

        The complaints named as Defendants various combinations of the Company, GFI Holdco Ltd. ("IDB Buyer"), the members of the Company's board of directors, GFI managing director Nick Brown, CME, Commodore Acquisition Corp., Commodore Acquisition LLC, Cheetah Acquisition Corp., Cheetah Acquisition LLC, JPI and New JPI Inc. ("New JPI"). The complaints generally allege, among other things, that the members of the Company's board of directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company's stockholders during merger negotiations by entering into the CME Merger Agreement and approving the CME Merger, and that the Company, CME, Commodore Acquisition Corp.,

136

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Commodore Acquisition LLC, IDB Buyer, Cheetah Acquisition Corp., Cheetah Acquisition LLC, JPI, and New JPI aided and abetted such breaches of fiduciary duties. The complaints further allege, among other things, (i) that the merger consideration provided for in the CME Merger Agreement undervalued the Company, (ii) that the sales process leading up to the CME Merger was flawed due to the members of the Company's board of director's and Jefferies' conflicts of interest, and (iii) that certain provisions of the CME Merger Agreement inappropriately favored CME and precluded or impeded third parties from submitting potentially superior proposals.

        In addition, the Hughes complaint asserts a derivative claim on behalf of the Company against the members of the Company's board of directors for breaching their fiduciary duties of loyalty and care to the Company by negotiating and agreeing to the CME Merger and against Defendants Gooch and Heffron for usurping a corporate opportunity. The Michocki complaint alleges that the CME Merger is not a solitary transaction but a series of related transactions and further alleges that the IDB Transaction must be approved by an affirmative two-thirds vote of the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Charter.

        The complaints seek, among other relief: (i) certification of the class, (ii) injunctive relief enjoining the CME Merger, (iii) a declaration that the members of the Company's board of directors breached their fiduciary duties and that certain provisions of the CME Merger Agreement are unlawful, (iv) a directive to the members of the Company's board of directors to execute their fiduciary duties to obtain a transaction in the best interest of the Company's stockholders, (v) rescission of the CME Merger to the extent already implemented, (vi) granting of rescissory damages and an accounting of all of the damages suffered as a result of the alleged wrongdoing, (vii) and reimbursement of fees and costs. The Coyne and Suprina Plaintiffs also demand a jury trial.

        Certain Defendants have moved to dismiss or, in the alternative, stay the Coyne and Suprina actions in favor of the Consolidated Delaware Action. A hearing was held on December 15, 2014 on (i) the Defendants' motions to dismiss or stay the Coyne and Suprina actions; (ii) the Plaintiffs' motion by order to show cause for consolidation and appointment of a leadership structure; and (iii) Plaintiff Suprina's motion by order to show cause to compel and expedite discovery. In an order filed on January 30, 2015, the Court ordered the Suprina and Coyne cases consolidated as In re GFI Group Inc. Shareholder Litigation, Index No. 652668/2014. In another order filed that same day, the Court denied Plaintiff Suprina's motion to compel and expedite discovery. The parties are awaiting a ruling on the Defendants' motions to dismiss or stay the consolidated action.

        On November 18, 2014, the Delaware court entered a Revised Order Setting Expedited Discovery Schedule in the Consolidated Delaware Action. On December 19, 2014, the court entered a Further Revised Scheduling Order scheduling a preliminary injunction hearing for January 16, 2015. On December 29, 2014, Plaintiffs in the Consolidated Delaware Action filed a Motion for a Preliminary Injunction, and a brief in support thereof, seeking to enjoin enforcement of Article V of the Support Agreement and preliminarily enjoin the stockholder vote on the CME Merger until (i) certain additional disclosures were made and (ii) the Company's stockholders were provided the opportunity to vote on the CME Merger, the JPI Merger and the IDB Transaction. On January 8, 2015, the parties agreed to move the preliminary injunction hearing from January 16, 2015 to January 20, 2015. On January 15, 2015, the preliminary injunction hearing (scheduled for January 20) was taken off the court's calendar.

137

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        On January 15, 2015, Plaintiffs in the Consolidated Delaware Action filed a Supplement to the Verified Class Action Complaint. On January 30, 2015, Plaintiffs filed a Second Supplement to the Verified Class Action Complaint. On February 4, 2015, Plaintiffs filed a Motion for Expedited Proceedings and a brief in support thereof. On February 6, 2015, the Court scheduled a merits hearing for February 17 and 18, 2015. On February 7, 2015, Plaintiffs filed a Third Supplement to the Verified Class Action Complaint, seeking certain additional injunctive and declaratory relief. On February 11, 2015, the Court, with the consent of the parties, moved the merits hearing (scheduled for February 17 and 18, 2015) to the first available dates on the Court's schedule after March 4, 2015. On February 20, 2015, Plaintiffs informed the Court that an expedited merits hearing was no longer necessary.

        In the New York Szarek action, the Court scheduled an initial pretrial conference for December 16, 2014, which the Court adjourned upon application of the parties until March 12, 2015 and adjourned again upon application of Plaintiff until May 21, 2015.

        In addition to the foregoing litigation, on November 26, 2014, a putative class action complaint alleging violations of the federal securities laws, captioned Gross v. GFI Group, Inc., et al., was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint names the Company, Colin Heffron, Michael Gooch and Nick Brown as Defendants.. The complaint seeks, among other relief: (i) certification of the class, (ii) compensatory damages for Defendants purported wrongdoing and (iii) reimbursement of costs and expenses.

        On February 20, 2015, the Court in Gross v. GFI Group, Inc. granted Plaintiff's unopposed motion for appointment as lead plaintiff and approved his selection of co-lead counsel on behalf of the putative class. The Court also extended Defendants' time to respond to the complaint from February 23, 2015 to March 25, 2015; granted Plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint by March 16, 2015; and rescheduled the initial pre-trial conference to March 27, 2015.

        Defendants believe that the claims asserted against them are without merit and intend to defend the litigation vigorously.

        Based on currently available information, the outcome of the Company's outstanding legal proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position. However, the outcome of any such matters may be material to the Company's results of operations or cash flows in a given period. It is not presently possible to determine the Company's ultimate exposure to these matters and there is no assurance that the resolution of the Company's outstanding matters will not significantly exceed any reserves accrued by the Company.

        For a limited number of legal matters for which, a loss (whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability) is not probable but is reasonably possible in future periods, the Company is sometimes able to estimate a range of possible loss. In determining whether it is able to estimate a range of possible loss, the Company reviews and evaluates its material litigation and regulatory and other matters on an ongoing basis. In cases in which the Company is able to estimate a range of possible loss, the aggregate total of such estimated possible losses is disclosed below. There may be other matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but for which a range of possible loss may not be estimable. For those matters for which a range of possible loss is estimable, management currently estimates the aggregate range of possible loss as $0 to approximately $10.2 million in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. The estimated range of

138

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will vary from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of monetary damages (unless management can otherwise determine an amount), (ii) the matters are in early stages, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (iv) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, (v) there are novel legal issues presented, among other reasons. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are excluded from the estimated range above, therefore, the estimated range above does not represent the Company's maximum loss exposure.

Contingent consideration

        The purchase price paid in connection with the acquisition of Contigo Limited included contingent consideration with an estimated net present value, at the time of the acquisition, of £2,458 (or approximately $3,942). Subsequent changes in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration, which is to be settled in 2015, will be recorded in Other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration as of December 31, 2014 is included within Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. See Note 17 for further information.

        Risks and Uncertainties—The Company primarily generates its revenues by executing and facilitating transactions for counterparties. Revenues for these services are transaction based. As a result, the Company's revenues will likely vary based upon the trading volumes of the various securities, commodities, foreign exchange and other cash and derivative markets in which the Company provides its services.

        Guarantees—The Company, through its subsidiaries, is a member of certain exchanges and clearing houses. Under the membership agreements, members are generally required to guarantee certain obligations. To mitigate the performance risks of its members, the exchanges and clearing houses may, from time to time, require members to post collateral, as well as meet certain minimum financial standards. The Company's maximum potential liability under these arrangements cannot be quantified. However, management believes that the potential for the Company to be required to make payments under these arrangements is unlikely. Accordingly, no contingent liability is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition for these arrangements.

15. RETIREMENT PLANS

        In the United States, the Company has established the GFI Group 401(k) plan, pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. It is available to all eligible U.S. employees and is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Employees may voluntarily contribute a portion of their compensation, not to exceed the statutory limits. The Company did not make any contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012.

        In Europe, the Company has established six defined contribution plans pursuant to applicable local laws of their respective countries. Employees of certain European subsidiaries may voluntarily designate

139

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

15. RETIREMENT PLANS (Continued)

a portion of their monthly compensation to be contributed, which the Company matches up to a certain percentage. The Company has made aggregate contributions of $3,758, $2,432 and $1,859 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for these defined contribution plans, recorded in Compensation and employee benefits.

16. MARKET AND CREDIT RISKS

Market Risk

        The Company, through its subsidiaries, operates as a wholesale broker. The Company provides brokerage services to its customers through agency or principal transactions. Agency brokerage transactions facilitated by the Company are settled between the counterparties on a give-up basis. In matched principal transactions, the Company is interposed between buyers and sellers and the transactions are cleared through various clearing organizations. In the event of counterparty nonperformance, the Company may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at unfavorable market prices, which may result in a loss to the Company. The Company does not anticipate nonperformance by counterparties. The Company may also enter into principal investing transactions in which the Company commits its capital within predefined limits, either to facilitate customer trading activities or to engage in principal trading for the Company's own account. To the extent that the Company owns assets (i.e. has long positions) in fluctuating markets, a downturn in the value of those assets or in those markets could result in losses from a decline in the value of those long positions. Conversely, to the extent that the Company has sold assets that the Company does not own (i.e. has short positions) in any of those markets, an upturn in those markets could expose the Company to significant losses as the Company attempts to cover short positions in a rising market.

        Unsettled transactions (i.e., securities failed-to-receive and securities failed-to-deliver) are attributable to matched principal transactions executed by subsidiaries and are recorded at contract value. Cash settlement is achieved upon receipt or delivery of the security. In the event of nonperformance, the Company may purchase or sell the security in the market and seek reimbursement for losses from the contracted counterparty.

        In certain instances, the Company may provide credit for margin requirements to customers, secured by collateral in a customer's account. In such cases, the Company is exposed to the market risk that the value of the collateral the Company holds could fall below the amount of a customer's indebtedness. This risk can be amplified in any situation where the market for the underlying instrument is rapidly declining. Agreements with customers that have margin accounts permit the Company to liquidate their positions in the event that the amount of margin collateral becomes insufficient. Despite those agreements and the Company's risk management policies with respect to margin, the Company may be unable to liquidate a customer's positions for various reasons, or at a price sufficient to cover any deficiency in a customer's account. If the Company were unable to liquidate a position at a price sufficient to cover any deficiency or if a customer was unable to post additional margin, the Company may suffer a loss.

140

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

16. MARKET AND CREDIT RISKS (Continued)

Credit Risk

        Credit risk arises from potential non-performance by counterparties of our matched principal business, as well as from nonpayment of commissions by customers of our agency brokerage business. The Company also has credit and counterparty risk in certain situations where it provides clearing and execution services. The Company provides agency clearing services through its relationships with general clearing member firms and/or exchanges. In these instances, the Company's accounts at such institutions are used, in its name, to provide access to clearing services for its customers. Credit risk arises from the possibility that the Company may suffer losses due to the failure of its customers or other counterparties to satisfy their financial obligations to the Company or in a timely manner.

        The Company has established policies and procedures to manage its exposure to credit risk. The Company maintains a thorough credit approval process to limit its exposure to counterparty risk and employs stringent monitoring to control the market and counterparty risk from its matched principal business. The Company's brokers may only execute transactions for clients that have been approved by the Company's credit committee following review by the Company's credit department. The Company's credit approval process includes verification of key financial information and operating data and anti-money laundering verification checks. The Company's credit review process may include consideration of independent credit agency reports and a visit to the entity's premises, if necessary. The Company has developed and utilizes a proprietary, electronic credit risk monitoring system.

        Credit approval is granted by the Company's credit committee, which is comprised of senior management and representatives from its compliance, finance and legal departments. Credit approval is granted subject to certain trading limits and may be subject to additional conditions, such as the receipt of collateral or other credit support. The Company's credit risk department assists the credit committee in the review of any proposed counterparty by conducting diligence on such party and by continuing to review such counterparties for continued credit approval on at least an annual basis. These results are reviewed by the credit committee. Maintenance procedures include reviewing current audited financial statements and publicly available information on the client, collecting data from credit rating agencies where available and reviewing any changes in ownership, title or capital of the client. For the Company's agency business, the approval process includes the requisite anti-money laundering and know-your-customer verifications.

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Certain of the Company's financial assets and liabilities are carried at fair value, and are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are recorded at fair value, and included in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively. Contingent consideration, if any, is also recorded at fair value, and included in Other liabilities. The Company's investments that are accounted for under the cost and equity methods are investments in companies that are not publicly traded and for which no established market for their securities exists. The fair value of these investments is only estimated if there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the carrying value of the investment.

141

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The Company's financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820-10. In accordance with ASC 820-10, the Company has categorized its financial assets and liabilities, based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy as set forth below.

Level 1—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identifiable assets or liabilities in an active market that the company has the ability to access at the measurement date (examples include active exchange-traded equity securities, listed derivatives, and most U.S. Government and agency securities).

Level 2—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices in markets where trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets. Level 2 inputs include the following:

•

Quoted prices for identifiable or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets (examples include corporate and municipal bonds which trade infrequently); and



•

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability (examples include interest rate and currency swaps).

Level 3—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Valuation Techniques

        A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company's major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

U.S. Treasury Securities—U.S. Treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. Treasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Equity Securities—Equity securities include mostly exchange-traded securities and are valued based on quoted market prices. Accordingly, exchange-traded equity securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Non-exchange traded equity securities are measured primarily using broker quotations, pricing service data from external providers and prices observed for recently executed market transactions. Non-exchange traded equity securities are generally categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Bonds—Corporate bonds are measured primarily using broker quotations, pricing service data from external providers and prices observed for recently executed market transactions. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Foreign government bonds—Foreign government bonds are mostly valued using quoted market prices. Accordingly, foreign government bonds are generally categorized in Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

142

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Derivative Contracts—Derivative contracts include instruments such as foreign exchange, commodity, fixed income and equity derivative contracts.

Listed Derivative Contracts—Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

OTC Derivative Contracts—Over-the-counter ("OTC") derivative contracts include forwards, swaps, and options contracts related to foreign currencies. Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models generally fall into this category and are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Equity warrants—Non-exchange traded equity warrants are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured using the Black-Scholes model with key inputs impacting the valuation including the underlying security price, implied volatility, dividend yield, interest rate curve, strike price and maturity date.

Future Purchase Commitment—In connection with the acquisition of 70% of the equity ownership interests in Kyte, the Company agreed to purchase the residual 30% equity interest in Kyte. The purchase price for the residual 30% equity interest was determined to be zero in the third quarter of 2013. Beginning with the initial acquisition date and continuing up until the final settlement of the Future Purchase Commitment during the third quarter of 2013, an estimate of the payment for the residual 30% interest was determined pursuant to a formula based on Kyte's forecasted and actual earnings and losses. The inputs used in estimating the fair value of this Future Purchase Commitment were both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement of this liability. Therefore, the liability was categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Contingent Consideration—The category consists primarily of contingent consideration related to one of the Company's acquisitions.

        On November 14, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Contigo Limited, a provider of trading, portfolio risk management and logistics software for the energy industry. This contingent liability, which will be settled in a combination of cash and up to 50% of the Company's common stock at the Company's discretion, will be remeasured at fair value and is principally based on the acquired business' future financial performance, including revenues and operating margins, from May 1, 2014 through April 30, 2015. The payment of the contingent consideration would not significantly impact the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

143

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The inputs used in estimating the fair value of these contingent considerations are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement of this liability, therefore the liability is categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

        In the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any material transfers amongst Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3.

        Financial Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

        Excluded from the table above is variation margin on long and short derivatives contracts related to exchange traded futures in the amount of $256 included within Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations.

144

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        Financial Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

        Excluded from the table above is variation margin on net long derivative contracts related to exchange traded futures in the amount of $388 included within Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations. Also excluded from the table above is variation margin on net short derivative contracts related to exchange traded futures in the amount of $596 included within Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations..

145

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        Changes in Level 3 Financial Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

        Changes in Level 3 Financial Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

146

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

        The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs utilized by the Company in the fair value measurement of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

        Valuation Processes—Level 3 Measurements—Depending on the instrument, the Company utilizes a valuation technique, including discounted cash flow methods, option pricing methods and present value methods, as indicated above. Valuations are generally conducted by the Company, with consultation of a third-party valuation expert to develop the valuation model when the asset or liability is initially recorded. Each reporting period, the Company updates unobservable inputs utilizing relevant published information, where applicable. The Company has a formal process to review changes in fair value for satisfactory explanation.

Sensitivity Analysis—Level 3 Measurements

Equity derivative contracts—The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value of the Company's equity derivative contracts are the expected volatility and an estimated share price. Significant increases (decreases) in expected volatility or estimated share price would result in a higher (lower) fair value measurement.

Contingent consideration—The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value in the Company's contingent consideration are the discount rate and forecasted financial information. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would have resulted in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the forecasted financial information would have resulted in a higher (lower) fair value measurement.

        For all significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of all Level 3 assets and liabilities, a change in one of the inputs would not necessarily result in a directionally similar change in the other.

147

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

18. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The Company uses foreign exchange derivative contracts, including forward contracts and foreign currency swaps, to reduce the effects of fluctuations in certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The Company also hedges a portion of its foreign currency exposures on anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses by entering into forward foreign exchange contracts. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, none of these contracts were designated as foreign currency cash flow hedges under ASC 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging ("ASC 815-10").

        The Company provides brokerage services to its customers for exchange-traded and OTC derivative products, which include futures, forwards and options contracts. The Company may enter into principal transactions for exchange-traded and OTC derivative products to facilitate customer trading activities or to engage in principal trading for the Company's own account.

        The Company monitors market risk exposure from its matched principal business and principal trading business by regularly monitoring both (i) its concentration of market risk to financial instruments, countries or counterparties and (ii) trades that have not settled within prescribed settlement periods or volume thresholds. Additionally, market risks are monitored and mitigated by the use of the Company's proprietary, electronic risk monitoring system, which provides daily credit reports in each of the Company's geographic regions that analyze credit concentration and facilitates the regular monitoring of transactions against key risk indicators.

        For certain derivative contracts, the Company has entered into agreements with counterparties that allow for the netting of positions. The Company reports these derivative contracts on a net-by-counterparty basis when management believes that a legal and enforceable right of offset exists under these agreements.

        Fair values of derivative contracts on a gross and net basis as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

148

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

18. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding forward foreign exchange hedge contracts with a combined notional value of $69,692 and $86,170, respectively. Approximately $20,568 and $27,659 of these forward foreign exchange contracts represents a hedge of Euro, British pound and Swiss franc-denominated balance sheet positions at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The remaining outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts are hedges of anticipated future cash flows.

        In addition to the Company's outstanding forward foreign exchange hedge contracts, the following table includes the outstanding long and short notional amounts on a gross basis of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

        The following is a summary of the effect of derivative contracts on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

149

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

18. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The following is a summary of derivative contracts, by counterparty, including the gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2014:

150

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

18. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The following is a summary of derivative contracts, by counterparty, including the gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2013:

19. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

Non-consolidated VIEs

        The Company holds interests in certain VIEs that it does not consolidate. The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary, mostly due to a lack of significant economic interest, voting power and/or power to direct the activities that would most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE.

        As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had certain variable interests in non-consolidated VIEs in the form of direct equity interests, a convertible note and a non-recourse loan. The carrying amount of these VIEs was $3,144 as of December 31, 2014 and $3,954 as of December 31, 2013, and was recorded within Other assets. These VIEs include a technology provider with a proprietary financial application, trading entities in which the Company has provided initial

151

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

19. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (Continued)

capital to fund trading activities, investment fund managers and a commodity pool operator. The Company also provides clearing and other administrative services to certain of these non-consolidated VIEs. The maximum exposure to loss on these VIEs was $3,144 and $4,592 as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had certain variable interests in non-consolidated VIEs in the form of trading margin accounts in which the Company had an economic interest in profits and losses and has provided initial capital to fund trading activities. The Company also provided clearing and other administrative services to these non-consolidated VIEs. The carrying amount of these VIEs was $72 as of December 31, 2014 and $1,653 as of December 31, 2013, and was recorded within Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations. The maximum exposure to loss of these VIEs was $72 and $1,653 as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        The Company has not recorded any liabilities with respect to non-consolidated VIEs.

Consolidated VIEs

        In December 2010, Kyte invested in a limited company that is focused on developing a proprietary trading business. The limited company is a VIE and it was determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary of this VIE because the Company, through Kyte, was the provider of the majority of this VIE's start-up capital and has the power to direct the activities of this VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance, primarily through its voting percentage and consent rights on the activities that would most significantly influence the entity. The consolidated VIE had total assets of $9,956 at December 31, 2014 and $8,953 as of December 31, 2013, which primarily consisted of clearing margin. There were no material restrictions on the consolidated VIE's assets. The consolidated VIE had total liabilities of $2,761 and $2,652 as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

20. EQUITY METHOD AND SIMILAR INVESTMENTS

        The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method (see Note 3) with an aggregate carrying value of $13,184 and $36,976, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and which are included in Other assets. Included within Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated businesses was $1,001, $1,376 and $575 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these investments. The Company also provides clearing and other administrative services to certain of these equity method investments.

        As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 7 investments accounted for under the equity method, which individually, or in the aggregate, are not material to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

        Investments accounted for under the equity method included the following:

•

Investments in a number of unconsolidated U.K. trading operations acquired in the July 1, 2010 acquisition of Kyte and investments made by Kyte subsequent to the Company's acquisition; and



•

Investments in a number of U.S. based brokerage, trading and investment firms.

152

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

20. EQUITY METHOD AND SIMILAR INVESTMENTS (Continued)

        The Company also has certain investments in brokerage businesses in which the Company has a contractual right to receive a percentage of revenues, less certain direct expenses. These investments are held by the Company's KBL subsidiary, whose assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2014. The Company accounts for these investments in a manner similar to the equity method of accounting. Included within Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated businesses was $6,610, $6,790and $7,994 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to these entities.

        For material investments in which the Company has a contractual right to receive a percentage of revenues, less certain direct expenses, the Total revenues, Direct expenses and Net revenues, on an aggregate basis, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

        The Company's contractual share of these affiliates' operating results, on an aggregate basis, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $6,085 and $5,893, respectively. The aforementioned investees report on a different fiscal year end than the Company. Therefore, the Company has made certain estimates with the summarized financial information provided by management of these investments to align the fiscal year-ends. The summarized financial information was prepared in accordance with U.K. GAAP. The Company has determined the amounts disclosed in the above table are not materially different than if these amounts were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

        The Company reviews investments accounted for under the equity method for decline in value that may be other than temporary. During the years ended December 31, 2014, and 2013, the Company did not record any write-downs related to equity method investments.

21. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

        Many of the Company's material operating subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions and minimum capital requirements, which may restrict the Company's ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries.

        Certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company are registered as a broker-dealer, swap execution facility ("SEF") or introducing broker and therefore are subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"). Certain foreign subsidiaries are also registered as introducing brokers with the CFTC. These rules contain uniform minimum net capital requirements, as defined, and also require a significant part of the registrants' assets be kept in relatively liquid form. As of December 31, 2014, each of the Company's subsidiaries that are subject to these regulations had net capital in excess of their minimum capital requirements.

        Certain of the Company's European subsidiaries are regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") and must maintain financial resources (as defined by the FCA) in excess of FCA's total

153

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

21. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

financial resources requirement. As of December 31, 2014, each of these European subsidiaries had financial resources in excess of their requirements.

        Certain other subsidiaries of the Company are subject to similar regulatory and other requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate and as of December 31, 2014 each of these subsidiaries was in compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.

        The regulatory requirements referred to above may restrict the Company's ability to withdraw capital from its regulated subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had the following aggregate regulatory capital, in individually regulated entities, in each of its operating regions:

        The regulatory requirements set forth in the table above include aggregated amounts held in individually regulated entities in each of the Company's operating regions, calculated by entity, to comply with the requirements of various regulators for capital requirements in each of those entities. In situations where the Company is subject to the requirements of multiple regulators, the Company has included the more onerous capital requirement in the table above.

22. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

        In accordance with ASC 280-10, Segment Reporting ("ASC 280-10") and based on the nature of the Company's operations, products and services in each geographic region, the Company determined that it has four reportable segments: (i) Americas Brokerage, (ii) EMEA Brokerage, (iii) Asia Brokerage and (iv) Clearing and Backed Trading. The Company's brokerage operations provide brokerage services in four broad product categories: fixed income, financial, equity and commodity. The Clearing and Backed Trading segment encompasses the Company's clearing, risk management, settlement and other back-office services, as well as the capital we provide to start-up trading groups, small hedge funds, market-makers and individual traders. Information about other business activities is disclosed in an "All Other" category. All Other includes the results of the Company's software, analytics and market data operations. All Other also includes revenues and expenses that are not directly assignable to one of the Company's reportable segments, primarily consisting of indirect costs related to the Company's brokerage segments as well as all of the Company's corporate business activities.

        The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described above in Note 3—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The Company evaluates performance of the operating segments based on income (loss) before income taxes, which it defines as revenues less direct expenses.

        Revenues within each brokerage segment include revenues that are directly related to providing brokerage services along with interest and other income (loss) directly attributable to the operating segment. Revenues within the Clearing and Backed Trading segment primarily include revenues that are directly related to providing clearing services along with the Company's share of profit (loss) on trading activity from capital investments. The Company's Clearing and Backed Trading segment incurs

154

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

22. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Continued)

exchange fees on behalf of its clients, which are reflected within Interest and transaction-based expenses. The reimbursement of these fees from the Company's clients is reflected within Total Revenues. Therefore, the Company evaluates the top-line performance of its Clearing and Backed Trading segment using Revenues, net of interest and transaction-based expenses.

        Direct expenses of the operating segments are those expenses that are directly related to providing the brokerage or clearing services and trading activities of the operating segments and include compensation expense related to the segment management and staff, communication and market data, travel and promotion, and certain professional fees and other expenses that are directly incurred by the operating segments. However, the Company does not allocate to its brokerage operating segments certain expenses that it manages separately at the corporate level. The unallocated costs include rent and occupancy, depreciation and amortization, professional fees, interest on borrowings and other expenses and are included in All Other, as management primarily evaluates the performance of its brokerage segments before allocation of these indirect costs. Certain indirect costs are included in the Company's Clearing and Backed Trading reportable segment, consistent with management's evaluation of that segment.

        Selected financial information for the Company's reportable segments is presented below for periods indicated:

 

155

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

22. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Continued)

        In addition, with the exception for goodwill, the Company does not identify or allocate assets by operating segment, nor does its chief operating decision maker evaluate operating segments using discrete asset information. See Note 7 for goodwill by reportable segment.

        For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the U.K. is the only individual foreign country that accounts for 10% or more of the Company's total revenues and total long-lived assets. Information regarding revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, and information regarding long-lived assets (defined as property, equipment, leasehold improvements and software inventory) in geographic areas as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

156

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

22. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Continued)

        Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of the particular subsidiary of the Company which generated the revenues.

23. RELATED PARTIES

        As of December 31, 2014, entities affiliated with BGC were the beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of the Company's common stock. As discussed in Note 2, on February 26, 2015, BGC successfully completed its tender offer to acquire shares of the Company's common stock for $6.10 per share in cash. On March 4, 2015, BGC Partners, L.P. paid for the 54,274,212 shares of common stock of the Company tendered pursuant to the tender offer. The tendered shares, together with the 17.1 million shares already owned by BGC, represent approximately 56% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result of the transaction, GFI is a controlled company of BGC and will operate as a division of BGC. Going forward, BGC and GFI are expected to remain separately branded divisions. Certain of the Company's subsidiaries transact with BGC and its affiliated entities. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned software revenues related to transactions with BGC and its affiliated entities. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company earned brokerage revenues from transactions with BGC and its affiliated entities. The revenues earned from BGC and its affiliated entities did not have a material impact on any of the periods presented in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        As discussed in Note 2, the Company was party to a merger agreement with CME as of December 31, 2014, which was subsequently terminated on January 30, 2015. Certain of the Company's subsidiaries transact with CME and its affiliated entities. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company earned software and brokerage revenues related to transactions with CME and its affiliated entities. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred communications and market data expenses directly related to CME and its affiliates. The revenues earned and expenses incurred related to CME and its affiliated entities did not have a material impact on any of the periods presented in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

157

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

24. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION

        The following presents the Parent company only's Condensed Statements of Financial Condition, Operations, Comprehensive Loss, and Cash Flows:

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

158

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

24. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (Continued)

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

159

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

24. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (Continued)

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

Guarantees

        From time to time, the Company provides guarantees, on behalf of its subsidiaries, to clients for the purpose of providing credit enhancement for such clients. Such guarantees generally provide that the Company will guarantee the performance of all liabilities, obligations and undertakings owed by

160

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

24. PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (Continued)

such subsidiary with respect to matched principal transactions entered into by such subsidiary with the relevant client. These guarantees are generally terminable on less than 30 days' notice. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these guarantees is remote.

Advances to Subsidiaries

        As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Parent company had receivables from subsidiaries of $94,825, $119,630 and $189,189, respectively, related primarily to the allocation of funds received, from notes payable and the issuance of equity securities to subsidiaries to fund working capital.

25. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition by BGC Partners, Inc. and Termination of the CME Merger

        On January 30, 2015, the Company and CME mutually agreed to terminate CME Transaction agreements, each dated as of July 30, 2014, as amended. The restrictions in the Support Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2014, which had been entered into by CME, JPI and certain other stockholders of GFI, who collectively control approximately 38% of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock, continue until on or about January 30, 2016.

        Pursuant to the terms of the CME Merger Agreement, the Company was required to reimburse CME for its expenses up to $7,065,171 and such reimbursement was paid in February 2015. Additionally, the Company was required to pay CME a termination fee equal to $17,662,928 (which is the total termination fee of $24,728,099 less the expense reimbursement that has already been paid to CME) and such transaction fee was paid on March 11, 2015. The termination fee was payable if within 12 months of such termination the Company consummated, or entered into a definitive agreement to consummate, a transaction in which the Company or 20% or more of the fair value of the assets or of any class of equity or voting securities of the Company and its subsidiaries, the subsidiaries that were to be retained by CME in the CME Merger Agreement, or Trayport or Fenics was sold.

        On February 26, 2015, BGC successfully completed its tender offer to acquire shares of GFI's common stock for $6.10 per share in cash. On March 4, 2015, BGC Partners, L.P. paid for the 54,274,212 shares of common stock of the Company tendered pursuant to the tender offer. The tendered shares, together with the 17.1 million shares already owned by BGC, represent approximately 56% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        The Company has determined that as a result of the completion of BGC's tender offer, an ownership change has occurred under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 ("Section 382") during March 2015. Section 382 limits the use of losses generated in tax years prior to a significant change in ownership occurs (i.e. change of greater than 50%) and limits the amount of losses that can be used to offset taxable income on an annual basis. As a result of a change in control under Section 382, the Company's ability to utilize federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited and may result in recording a valuation allowance on a portion of the net operating loss carrryforwards that is limited under Section 382.

161

---

Table of Contents

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

25. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

See Note 2 for further information on the acquistion by BGC and termination of the CME Merger.

Disposition of interests in Kyte

        Subsequent to year-end, the Company entered into a number of share purchase agreements to divest certain interests in Kyte (the "Kyte SPAs") pursuant to which the Company will sell Kyte's clearing, broking and capital management businesses. The Company expects to close each of the Kyte SPAs in the next few months. Following closing, the Company will no longer offer clearing and settlement services.

Other Subsequent Events

        In February 2015, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Credit Agreement to permit the transactions contemplated by the tender offer agreement, including by amending the definition of "Change of Control" to permit BGC to acquire shares of the equity of the Company in excess of 35% without triggering a "Change of Control" under the Credit Agreement. See Note 9 for further information on the Company's Credit Agreement.

        In March 2015, the Company was authorized by the Board of Directors to submit notice to the NYSE of its intention to voluntarily delist its common stock from the NYSE and to deregister its common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        Subsequent events have been evaluated for recording and disclosure in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements through the filing date of this Form 10-K.

162

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls

        As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company's management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company's principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

        The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        The Company's management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, the Company's management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment and the COSO criteria, management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

        The Company's independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued their auditor's report on management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. That report appears on Page 79 of this Form 10-K.

Change in Internal Controls

        In addition, the Company's management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the Company's internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13A-15(f) of the Exchange Act) and determined that there have been no changes in

163

---

Table of Contents

our internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.

164

---

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the captions "Election of Directors" and "Executive Officers" in the registrant's proxy statement (the "Proxy Statement") to be furnished to stockholders in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we expect will be held in June 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.

        The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be set forth under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees. We have also adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is applicable to the Company's senior financial and accounting officers (including the chief executive officer, chief financial officer and corporate controller). A copy of these codes are posted on the Company's website, www.gfigroup.com, under the section "Investor Relations—Corporate Governance." In the event the Company substantively amends or waives a provision of its Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Company intends to disclose the amendment or waiver on the Company's website as well.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners," "Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Director Independence" in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption "Fees Paid to Independent Auditors" in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

165

---

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        (a)(1) Financial Statements.    See Index to Financial Statements on page 78.

        (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.    We have included Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts on page 138. All other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the information required is included in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

        (a)(3) Exhibits.    The following Exhibits are filed as part of this Report as required by Regulation S-K. Exhibits 10.2 through 10.22 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

166

---

Table of Contents

167

---

Table of Contents

168

---

Table of Contents

169

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 13th day of March, 2015.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

170

---

Table of Contents

171

---

Table of Contents

Schedule II

GFI GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

172

---

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 12

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(In thousands, except ratios)

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 12

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (In thousands, except ratios)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF GFI GROUP INC.

---

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF GFI GROUP INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.1

Certification

I, Colin Heffron, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of GFI Group Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2015

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 31.1

Certification

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.2

Certification

I, James A. Peers, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of GFI Group Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2015

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 31.2

Certification

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer of GFI Group Inc.
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of GFI Group Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Colin Heffron, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to the 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and



2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 13, 2015

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer of GFI Group Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of GFI Group Inc.
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of GFI Group Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, James A. Peers, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to the 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and



2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 13, 2015

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of GFI Group Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002